1 //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 #include "TreeTransform.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
47 using namespace clang;
50 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without
51 /// emitting diagnostics.
52 bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) {
53 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
54 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D))
57 // See if this is a deleted function.
58 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
62 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
63 // then we can't use it either.
64 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
65 DeduceReturnType(FD, SourceLocation(), /*Diagnose*/ false))
69 // See if this function is unavailable.
70 if (TreatUnavailableAsInvalid && D->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable &&
71 cast<Decl>(CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable)
77 static void DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
78 // Warn if this is used but marked unused.
79 if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
80 // [[maybe_unused]] should not diagnose uses, but __attribute__((unused))
81 // should diagnose them.
82 if (A->getSemanticSpelling() != UnusedAttr::CXX11_maybe_unused) {
83 const Decl *DC = cast_or_null<Decl>(S.getCurObjCLexicalContext());
84 if (DC && !DC->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
85 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D->getDeclName();
90 std::pair<AvailabilityResult, const NamedDecl *>
91 Sema::ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(const NamedDecl *D,
92 std::string *Message) {
93 AvailabilityResult Result = D->getAvailability(Message);
95 // For typedefs, if the typedef declaration appears available look
96 // to the underlying type to see if it is more restrictive.
97 while (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
98 if (Result == AR_Available) {
99 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
101 Result = D->getAvailability(Message);
108 // Forward class declarations get their attributes from their definition.
109 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
110 if (IDecl->getDefinition()) {
111 D = IDecl->getDefinition();
112 Result = D->getAvailability(Message);
116 if (const auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
117 if (Result == AR_Available) {
118 const DeclContext *DC = ECD->getDeclContext();
119 if (const auto *TheEnumDecl = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
120 Result = TheEnumDecl->getAvailability(Message);
129 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
130 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
131 bool ObjCPropertyAccess,
132 bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false) {
134 AvailabilityResult Result;
135 const NamedDecl* OffendingDecl;
136 // See if this declaration is unavailable, deprecated, or partial.
137 std::tie(Result, OffendingDecl) = S.ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(D, &Message);
138 if (Result == AR_Available)
141 if (Result == AR_NotYetIntroduced) {
142 if (AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks)
144 if (S.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
145 S.getEnclosingFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true;
147 } else if (S.getCurBlock() || S.getCurLambda()) {
148 S.getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true;
153 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = nullptr;
154 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
155 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = MD->findPropertyDecl()) {
156 AvailabilityResult PDeclResult = PD->getAvailability(nullptr);
157 if (PDeclResult == Result)
162 S.EmitAvailabilityWarning(Result, D, OffendingDecl, Message, Loc,
163 UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPDecl, ObjCPropertyAccess);
166 /// \brief Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted.
167 void Sema::NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *Decl) {
168 assert(Decl->isDeleted());
170 CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl);
172 if (Method && Method->isDeleted() && Method->isDefaulted()) {
173 // If the method was explicitly defaulted, point at that declaration.
174 if (!Method->isImplicit())
175 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_implicitly_deleted);
177 // Try to diagnose why this special member function was implicitly
178 // deleted. This might fail, if that reason no longer applies.
179 CXXSpecialMember CSM = getSpecialMember(Method);
180 if (CSM != CXXInvalid)
181 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Method, CSM, nullptr, /*Diagnose=*/true);
186 auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Decl);
187 if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor())
188 return NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(Ctor);
190 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_availability_specified_here)
194 /// \brief Determine whether a FunctionDecl was ever declared with an
195 /// explicit storage class.
196 static bool hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(const FunctionDecl *D) {
197 for (auto I : D->redecls()) {
198 if (I->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
204 /// \brief Check whether we're in an extern inline function and referring to a
205 /// variable or function with internal linkage (C11 6.7.4p3).
207 /// This is only a warning because we used to silently accept this code, but
208 /// in many cases it will not behave correctly. This is not enabled in C++ mode
209 /// because the restriction language is a bit weaker (C++11 [basic.def.odr]p6)
210 /// and so while there may still be user mistakes, most of the time we can't
211 /// prove that there are errors.
212 static void diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(Sema &S,
214 SourceLocation Loc) {
215 // This is disabled under C++; there are too many ways for this to fire in
216 // contexts where the warning is a false positive, or where it is technically
217 // correct but benign.
218 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
221 // Check if this is an inlined function or method.
222 FunctionDecl *Current = S.getCurFunctionDecl();
225 if (!Current->isInlined())
227 if (!Current->isExternallyVisible())
230 // Check if the decl has internal linkage.
231 if (D->getFormalLinkage() != InternalLinkage)
234 // Downgrade from ExtWarn to Extension if
235 // (1) the supposedly external inline function is in the main file,
236 // and probably won't be included anywhere else.
237 // (2) the thing we're referencing is a pure function.
238 // (3) the thing we're referencing is another inline function.
239 // This last can give us false negatives, but it's better than warning on
240 // wrappers for simple C library functions.
241 const FunctionDecl *UsedFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
242 bool DowngradeWarning = S.getSourceManager().isInMainFile(Loc);
243 if (!DowngradeWarning && UsedFn)
244 DowngradeWarning = UsedFn->isInlined() || UsedFn->hasAttr<ConstAttr>();
246 S.Diag(Loc, DowngradeWarning ? diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline_quiet
247 : diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline)
248 << /*IsVar=*/!UsedFn << D;
250 S.MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(Current);
252 S.Diag(D->getCanonicalDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
256 void Sema::MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *Cur) {
257 const FunctionDecl *First = Cur->getFirstDecl();
259 // Suggest "static" on the function, if possible.
260 if (!hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(First)) {
261 SourceLocation DeclBegin = First->getSourceRange().getBegin();
262 Diag(DeclBegin, diag::note_convert_inline_to_static)
263 << Cur << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DeclBegin, "static ");
267 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
268 /// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
270 /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
271 /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
272 /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
273 /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
274 /// function is being used.
276 /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
277 /// referenced), false otherwise.
279 bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
280 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
281 bool ObjCPropertyAccess,
282 bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks) {
283 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
284 // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction,
286 auto Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl());
287 if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) {
288 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Suppressed : Pos->second)
289 Diag(Suppressed.first, Suppressed.second);
291 // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit
292 // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this
293 // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these
294 // diagnostics again.
298 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3:
299 // The function 'main' shall not be used within a program.
300 if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isMain())
301 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_main_used);
304 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
305 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
306 if (isa<BindingDecl>(D)) {
307 Diag(Loc, diag::err_binding_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
310 Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
311 << D->getDeclName() << cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType();
316 // See if this is a deleted function.
317 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
318 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
319 auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
320 if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor())
321 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_inherited_ctor_use)
323 << Ctor->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor()->getParent();
325 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
326 NoteDeletedFunction(FD);
330 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
331 // then we can't use it either.
332 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
333 DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc))
336 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !CheckCUDACall(Loc, FD))
340 auto getReferencedObjCProp = [](const NamedDecl *D) ->
341 const ObjCPropertyDecl * {
342 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
343 return MD->findPropertyDecl();
346 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = getReferencedObjCProp(D)) {
347 if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(ObjCPDecl, Loc))
349 } else if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(D, Loc)) {
353 // [OpenMP 4.0], 2.15 declare reduction Directive, Restrictions
354 // Only the variables omp_in and omp_out are allowed in the combiner.
355 // Only the variables omp_priv and omp_orig are allowed in the
356 // initializer-clause.
357 auto *DRD = dyn_cast<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(CurContext);
358 if (LangOpts.OpenMP && DRD && !CurContext->containsDecl(D) &&
360 Diag(Loc, diag::err_omp_wrong_var_in_declare_reduction)
361 << getCurFunction()->HasOMPDeclareReductionCombiner;
362 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D;
366 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(*this, D, Loc, UnknownObjCClass,
368 AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks);
370 DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(*this, D, Loc);
372 diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(*this, D, Loc);
377 /// \brief Retrieve the message suffix that should be added to a
378 /// diagnostic complaining about the given function being deleted or
380 std::string Sema::getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
382 if (FD->getAvailability(&Message))
383 return ": " + Message;
385 return std::string();
388 /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or
389 /// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and
390 /// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are
392 void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
393 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
394 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
398 // The number of formal parameters of the declaration.
399 unsigned numFormalParams;
401 // The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in
403 enum CalleeType { CT_Function, CT_Method, CT_Block } calleeType;
405 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
406 numFormalParams = MD->param_size();
407 calleeType = CT_Method;
408 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
409 numFormalParams = FD->param_size();
410 calleeType = CT_Function;
411 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(D)) {
412 QualType type = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType();
413 const FunctionType *fn = nullptr;
414 if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
415 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
417 calleeType = CT_Function;
418 } else if (const BlockPointerType *ptr = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
419 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
420 calleeType = CT_Block;
425 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn)) {
426 numFormalParams = proto->getNumParams();
434 // "nullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which
435 // effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is
436 // useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters,
437 // but the language forces you to have at least one.
438 unsigned nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
439 assert((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel");
440 numFormalParams = (nullPos > numFormalParams ? 0 : numFormalParams - nullPos);
442 // The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel.
443 unsigned numArgsAfterSentinel = attr->getSentinel();
445 // If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters,
446 // the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain.
447 if (Args.size() < numFormalParams + numArgsAfterSentinel + 1) {
448 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
449 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
453 // Otherwise, find the sentinel expression.
454 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[Args.size() - numArgsAfterSentinel - 1];
455 if (!sentinelExpr) return;
456 if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return;
457 if (Context.isSentinelNullExpr(sentinelExpr)) return;
459 // Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil', 'nullptr',
460 // or 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use
461 // 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the
462 // variadic arguments form a list of object pointers.
463 SourceLocation MissingNilLoc
464 = getLocForEndOfToken(sentinelExpr->getLocEnd());
465 std::string NullValue;
466 if (calleeType == CT_Method && PP.isMacroDefined("nil"))
468 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
469 NullValue = "nullptr";
470 else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL"))
473 NullValue = "(void*) 0";
475 if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid())
476 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << int(calleeType);
478 Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel)
480 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue);
481 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
484 SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const {
485 return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
488 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
489 // Standard Promotions and Conversions
490 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
492 /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
493 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) {
494 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
495 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
496 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
497 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
501 QualType Ty = E->getType();
502 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
504 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) {
505 // If we are here, we are not calling a function but taking
506 // its address (which is not allowed in OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3).
507 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
509 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_function_address);
513 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
514 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
515 if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, Diagnose, E->getExprLoc()))
518 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
519 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get();
520 } else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
521 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
522 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
523 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
524 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
525 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
526 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
529 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
530 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
532 if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue())
533 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
534 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
539 static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
540 // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so,
541 // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the
542 // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this
543 // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This
544 // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check.
545 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
546 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref &&
547 UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->
548 isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
549 !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
550 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
551 S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null)
552 << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange());
553 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
554 S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null));
558 static void DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(Sema &S, const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE,
559 SourceLocation AssignLoc,
561 const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = OIRE->getDecl();
565 DeclarationName MemberName = IV->getDeclName();
566 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
567 if (!Member || !Member->isStr("isa"))
570 const Expr *Base = OIRE->getBase();
571 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
573 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
574 if (const ObjCObjectType *OTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
575 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = OTy->getInterface()) {
576 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared = nullptr;
577 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
578 if (!ClassDeclared->getSuperClass()
579 && (*ClassDeclared->ivar_begin()) == IV) {
581 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass =
582 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
583 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
584 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
585 if (ObjectSetClass) {
586 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS->getLocEnd());
587 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
588 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
589 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
591 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
594 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
596 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass =
597 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
598 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
599 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
601 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
602 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
603 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
604 SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
605 OIRE->getLocEnd()), ")");
607 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
609 S.Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_ivar_decl);
614 ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
615 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
616 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
617 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
618 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
622 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
623 // A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be
624 // converted to a prvalue.
625 if (!E->isGLValue()) return E;
627 QualType T = E->getType();
628 assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?");
630 // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of
631 // expressions of certain types in C++.
632 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
633 (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ||
634 T->isDependentType() ||
638 // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and
639 // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's
640 // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo
641 // lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified
642 // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be.
646 // OpenCL usually rejects direct accesses to values of 'half' type.
647 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") &&
649 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_load_store)
654 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E);
655 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
656 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
657 &Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
658 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
660 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
661 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OISA->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
662 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
663 SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OISA->getIsaMemberLoc()), ")");
665 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
667 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
668 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
669 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, SourceLocation(), /* Expr*/nullptr);
671 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
672 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the
673 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
677 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
678 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
679 // type of the lvalue.
680 if (T.hasQualifiers())
681 T = T.getUnqualifiedType();
683 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
684 if (T->isMemberPointerType() &&
685 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
686 (void)isCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), T);
688 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E);
690 // Loading a __weak object implicitly retains the value, so we need a cleanup to
692 if (E->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
693 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
695 ExprResult Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_LValueToRValue, E,
699 // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version
700 // of the type of the lvalue ...
701 if (const AtomicType *Atomic = T->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
702 T = Atomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
703 Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, Res.get(),
710 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) {
711 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E, Diagnose);
714 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get());
720 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
721 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
722 ExprResult Sema::CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
723 QualType Ty = E->getType();
725 // Only do implicit cast for a function type, but not for a pointer
727 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) {
728 Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
729 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get();
733 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get());
739 /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
740 /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
741 /// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
742 /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
743 /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
744 ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
745 // First, convert to an r-value.
746 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
751 QualType Ty = E->getType();
752 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
754 // Half FP have to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
755 if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
756 return ImpCastExprToType(Res.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast);
758 // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically
760 if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
763 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
764 // unsigned int may be used:
765 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
766 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
768 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
770 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
771 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
772 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
773 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
775 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E);
777 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
780 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
781 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
782 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).get();
789 /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
790 /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float or __fp16
791 /// are promoted to double. All other argument types are converted by
792 /// UsualUnaryConversions().
793 ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) {
794 QualType Ty = E->getType();
795 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
797 ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
802 // If this is a 'float' or '__fp16' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to
804 const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
805 if (BTy && (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
806 BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)) {
807 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
808 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp64")) {
809 if (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half) {
810 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
813 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
817 // C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument
818 // promotion, even on class types, but note:
819 // C++11 [conv.lval]p2:
820 // When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated
821 // operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the
822 // referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue
823 // has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary
824 // of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion
825 // is a prvalue for the temporary.
826 // FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in
827 // potentially potentially evaluated contexts.
828 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() && !isUnevaluatedContext()) {
829 ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization(
830 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(E->getType()),
832 if (Temp.isInvalid())
840 /// Determine the degree of POD-ness for an expression.
841 /// Incomplete types are considered POD, since this check can be performed
842 /// when we're in an unevaluated context.
843 Sema::VarArgKind Sema::isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty) {
844 if (Ty->isIncompleteType()) {
845 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
846 // After these conversions, if the argument does not have arithmetic,
847 // enumeration, pointer, pointer to member, or class type, the program
850 // Since we've already performed array-to-pointer and function-to-pointer
851 // decay, the only such type in C++ is cv void. This also handles
852 // initializer lists as variadic arguments.
853 if (Ty->isVoidType())
856 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
861 if (Ty.isCXX98PODType(Context))
864 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
865 // Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9)
866 // having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor,
867 // or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter,
868 // is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics.
869 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Ty->isDependentType())
870 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
871 if (!Record->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
872 !Record->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
873 !Record->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
874 return VAK_ValidInCXX11;
876 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Ty->isObjCLifetimeType())
879 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
882 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
883 return VAK_MSVCUndefined;
885 // FIXME: In C++11, these cases are conditionally-supported, meaning we're
886 // permitted to reject them. We should consider doing so.
887 return VAK_Undefined;
890 void Sema::checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT) {
891 // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg.
892 const QualType &Ty = E->getType();
893 VarArgKind VAK = isValidVarArgType(Ty);
895 // Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs.
897 case VAK_ValidInCXX11:
899 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
900 PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
904 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
905 // This is unlikely to be what the user intended. If the class has a
906 // 'c_str' member function, the user probably meant to call that.
907 DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
908 PDiag(diag::warn_pass_class_arg_to_vararg)
909 << Ty << CT << hasCStrMethod(E) << ".c_str()");
914 case VAK_MSVCUndefined:
916 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
917 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
918 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << Ty << CT);
922 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
924 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
925 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
928 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg)
929 << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << Ty << CT;
934 /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
935 /// will create a trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
936 ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
937 FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
938 if (const BuiltinType *PlaceholderTy = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
939 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
940 if (PlaceholderTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast &&
941 (CT == VariadicMethod ||
942 (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()))) {
943 E = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
945 // Otherwise, do normal placeholder checking.
947 ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
948 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
954 ExprResult ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E);
955 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
959 // Diagnostics regarding non-POD argument types are
960 // emitted along with format string checking in Sema::CheckFunctionCall().
961 if (isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == VAK_Undefined) {
962 // Turn this into a trap.
964 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
966 Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"),
968 ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, TemplateKWLoc,
970 if (TrapFn.isInvalid())
973 ExprResult Call = ActOnCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(),
974 E->getLocStart(), None,
976 if (Call.isInvalid())
979 ExprResult Comma = ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getLocStart(), tok::comma,
981 if (Comma.isInvalid())
986 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
987 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
988 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument))
994 /// \brief Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of
995 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
997 /// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is
998 /// successfully converted to the complex type.
999 static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr,
1000 ExprResult &ComplexExpr,
1004 if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true;
1005 if (SkipCast) return false;
1006 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
1007 QualType fpTy = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType();
1008 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), fpTy, CK_IntegralToFloating);
1009 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy,
1010 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
1012 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
1013 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy,
1014 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
1019 /// \brief Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of
1020 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1021 static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1022 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1024 bool IsCompAssign) {
1025 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
1026 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
1029 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1030 /*skipCast*/IsCompAssign))
1033 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
1034 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
1035 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
1036 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
1037 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
1038 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
1039 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
1040 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
1041 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
1042 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
1044 // Compute the rank of the two types, regardless of whether they are complex.
1045 int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1047 auto *LHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(LHSType);
1048 auto *RHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(RHSType);
1049 QualType LHSElementType =
1050 LHSComplexType ? LHSComplexType->getElementType() : LHSType;
1051 QualType RHSElementType =
1052 RHSComplexType ? RHSComplexType->getElementType() : RHSType;
1054 QualType ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(LHSElementType);
1056 // Promote the precision of the LHS if not an assignment.
1057 ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(RHSElementType);
1058 if (!IsCompAssign) {
1061 S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
1063 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast);
1065 } else if (Order > 0) {
1066 // Promote the precision of the RHS.
1068 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
1070 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast);
1075 /// \brief Hande arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function
1076 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1077 static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr,
1078 ExprResult &IntExpr,
1079 QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy,
1080 bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) {
1081 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
1083 // Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type.
1084 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), FloatTy,
1085 CK_IntegralToFloating);
1089 // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float.
1090 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
1091 QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(FloatTy);
1093 // _Complex int -> _Complex float
1095 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), result,
1096 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
1098 // float -> _Complex float
1100 FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(FloatExpr.get(), result,
1101 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
1106 /// \brief Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper
1107 /// function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1108 static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1109 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1110 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1111 bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1112 bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1114 // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand
1115 // to the bigger result.
1116 if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) {
1117 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1119 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1123 assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
1125 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1130 // Half FP has to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
1131 if (LHSType->isHalfType() && !S.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
1132 LHSType = S.Context.FloatTy;
1134 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1135 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign,
1136 /*convertInt=*/ true);
1139 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
1140 /*convertInt=*/ true,
1141 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign);
1144 /// \brief Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double if
1145 /// there is no support for such conversion. Helper function of
1146 /// UsualArithmeticConversions().
1147 static bool unsupportedTypeConversion(const Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
1149 /* No issue converting if at least one of the types is not a floating point
1150 type or the two types have the same rank.
1152 if (!LHSType->isFloatingType() || !RHSType->isFloatingType() ||
1153 S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType) == 0)
1156 assert(LHSType->isFloatingType() && RHSType->isFloatingType() &&
1157 "The remaining types must be floating point types.");
1159 auto *LHSComplex = LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>();
1160 auto *RHSComplex = RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>();
1162 QualType LHSElemType = LHSComplex ?
1163 LHSComplex->getElementType() : LHSType;
1164 QualType RHSElemType = RHSComplex ?
1165 RHSComplex->getElementType() : RHSType;
1167 // No issue if the two types have the same representation
1168 if (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(LHSElemType) ==
1169 &S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(RHSElemType))
1172 bool Float128AndLongDouble = (LHSElemType == S.Context.Float128Ty &&
1173 RHSElemType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy);
1174 Float128AndLongDouble |= (LHSElemType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy &&
1175 RHSElemType == S.Context.Float128Ty);
1177 /* We've handled the situation where __float128 and long double have the same
1178 representation. The only other allowable conversion is if long double is
1181 return Float128AndLongDouble &&
1182 (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(S.Context.LongDoubleTy) !=
1183 &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble());
1186 typedef ExprResult PerformCastFn(Sema &S, Expr *operand, QualType toType);
1189 /// These helper callbacks are placed in an anonymous namespace to
1190 /// permit their use as function template parameters.
1191 ExprResult doIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1192 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, toType, CK_IntegralCast);
1195 ExprResult doComplexIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1196 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, S.Context.getComplexType(toType),
1197 CK_IntegralComplexCast);
1201 /// \brief Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of
1202 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1203 template <PerformCastFn doLHSCast, PerformCastFn doRHSCast>
1204 static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1205 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1206 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1207 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
1208 int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1209 bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1210 bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1211 if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) {
1212 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
1214 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1216 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1217 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1219 } else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
1220 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
1221 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
1223 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1225 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1226 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1228 } else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(RHSType)) {
1229 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
1230 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
1231 // use the signed type.
1233 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1235 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1236 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1239 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
1240 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
1241 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
1242 // to the signed type.
1244 S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType);
1245 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), result);
1247 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), result);
1252 /// \brief Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function
1253 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1254 static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1255 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1257 bool IsCompAssign) {
1258 const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1259 const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1261 if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) {
1262 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1263 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1264 QualType ScalarType =
1265 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1266 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1268 return S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1271 if (LHSComplexInt) {
1272 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1273 QualType ScalarType =
1274 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1275 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1276 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1277 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ComplexType,
1278 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1283 assert(RHSComplexInt);
1285 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1286 QualType ScalarType =
1287 handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1288 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1289 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1292 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ComplexType,
1293 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1297 /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
1298 /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
1299 /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
1300 /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
1301 QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
1302 bool IsCompAssign) {
1303 if (!IsCompAssign) {
1304 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
1305 if (LHS.isInvalid())
1309 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
1310 if (RHS.isInvalid())
1313 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
1314 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
1316 Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1318 Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1320 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any atomic qualifier on the LHS.
1321 if (const AtomicType *AtomicLHS = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1322 LHSType = AtomicLHS->getValueType();
1324 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1325 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1328 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
1329 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
1330 if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType())
1333 // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type.
1334 QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType;
1335 if (LHSType->isPromotableIntegerType())
1336 LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSType);
1337 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
1338 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
1339 LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
1340 if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && !IsCompAssign)
1341 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
1343 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1344 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1347 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
1349 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
1350 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
1351 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType))
1354 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
1355 if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType())
1356 return handleComplexFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1359 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
1360 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
1361 return handleFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1364 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
1365 if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType())
1366 return handleComplexIntConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1369 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
1370 return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1371 (*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1375 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1376 // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
1377 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1381 Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1382 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1383 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1384 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1385 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
1386 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs) {
1387 unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size();
1388 assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size());
1390 TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs];
1391 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1393 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ArgTypes[i], &Types[i]);
1398 ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr(KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1400 llvm::makeArrayRef(Types, NumAssocs),
1407 Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1408 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1409 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1410 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1411 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
1412 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs) {
1413 unsigned NumAssocs = Types.size();
1414 assert(NumAssocs == Exprs.size());
1416 // Decay and strip qualifiers for the controlling expression type, and handle
1417 // placeholder type replacement. See committee discussion from WG14 DR423.
1419 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
1420 *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
1421 ExprResult R = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ControllingExpr);
1424 ControllingExpr = R.get();
1427 // The controlling expression is an unevaluated operand, so side effects are
1428 // likely unintended.
1429 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() &&
1430 ControllingExpr->HasSideEffects(Context, false))
1431 Diag(ControllingExpr->getExprLoc(),
1432 diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
1434 bool TypeErrorFound = false,
1435 IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent(),
1436 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack
1437 = ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack();
1439 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1440 if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1441 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1444 if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1445 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1447 if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
1448 IsResultDependent = true;
1450 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a
1451 // complete object type other than a variably modified type."
1453 if (Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
1454 D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete;
1455 else if (!Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType())
1456 D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject;
1457 else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
1458 D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified;
1461 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D)
1462 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1463 << Types[i]->getType();
1464 TypeErrorFound = true;
1467 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic
1468 // selection shall specify compatible types."
1469 for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j)
1470 if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() &&
1471 Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(),
1472 Types[j]->getType())) {
1473 Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1474 diag::err_assoc_compatible_types)
1475 << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1476 << Types[j]->getType()
1477 << Types[i]->getType();
1478 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1479 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1480 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1481 << Types[i]->getType();
1482 TypeErrorFound = true;
1490 // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't
1491 // try to compute the result expression.
1492 if (IsResultDependent)
1493 return new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1494 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1495 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
1497 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices;
1498 unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U;
1499 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1502 else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(ControllingExpr->getType(),
1503 Types[i]->getType()))
1504 CompatIndices.push_back(i);
1507 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have
1508 // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic
1509 // association list."
1510 if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) {
1511 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1512 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1513 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1514 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match)
1515 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType()
1516 << (unsigned) CompatIndices.size();
1517 for (unsigned I : CompatIndices) {
1518 Diag(Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1519 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1520 << Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1521 << Types[I]->getType();
1526 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association,
1527 // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of
1528 // the types named in its generic association list."
1529 if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) {
1530 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1531 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1532 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1533 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match)
1534 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType();
1538 // C11 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a
1539 // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression,
1540 // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression
1541 // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the
1542 // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association."
1543 unsigned ResultIndex =
1544 CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex;
1546 return new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1547 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1548 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ResultIndex);
1551 /// getUDSuffixLoc - Create a SourceLocation for a ud-suffix, given the
1552 /// location of the token and the offset of the ud-suffix within it.
1553 static SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc(Sema &S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
1555 return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokLoc, Offset, S.getSourceManager(),
1559 /// BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall - A user-defined literal was found. Look up
1560 /// the corresponding cooked (non-raw) literal operator, and build a call to it.
1561 static ExprResult BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(Sema &S, Scope *Scope,
1562 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix,
1563 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc,
1564 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
1565 SourceLocation LitEndLoc) {
1566 assert(Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator");
1569 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
1570 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = Args[ArgIdx]->getType();
1571 if (ArgTy[ArgIdx]->isArrayType())
1572 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(ArgTy[ArgIdx]);
1575 DeclarationName OpName =
1576 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1577 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1578 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1580 LookupResult R(S, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1581 if (S.LookupLiteralOperator(Scope, R, llvm::makeArrayRef(ArgTy, Args.size()),
1582 /*AllowRaw*/false, /*AllowTemplate*/false,
1583 /*AllowStringTemplate*/false) == Sema::LOLR_Error)
1586 return S.BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, LitEndLoc);
1589 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
1590 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
1591 /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
1592 /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
1596 Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, Scope *UDLScope) {
1597 assert(!StringToks.empty() && "Must have at least one string!");
1599 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, PP);
1600 if (Literal.hadError)
1603 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
1604 for (const Token &Tok : StringToks)
1605 StringTokLocs.push_back(Tok.getLocation());
1607 QualType CharTy = Context.CharTy;
1608 StringLiteral::StringKind Kind = StringLiteral::Ascii;
1609 if (Literal.isWide()) {
1610 CharTy = Context.getWideCharType();
1611 Kind = StringLiteral::Wide;
1612 } else if (Literal.isUTF8()) {
1613 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF8;
1614 } else if (Literal.isUTF16()) {
1615 CharTy = Context.Char16Ty;
1616 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF16;
1617 } else if (Literal.isUTF32()) {
1618 CharTy = Context.Char32Ty;
1619 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF32;
1620 } else if (Literal.isPascal()) {
1621 CharTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
1624 QualType CharTyConst = CharTy;
1625 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
1626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || getLangOpts().ConstStrings)
1627 CharTyConst.addConst();
1629 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
1630 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
1632 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(CharTyConst,
1633 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
1634 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1636 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: a string literal is in the constant address space.
1637 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
1638 StrTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(StrTy, LangAS::opencl_constant);
1641 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
1642 StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
1643 Kind, Literal.Pascal, StrTy,
1645 StringTokLocs.size());
1646 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
1649 // We're building a user-defined literal.
1650 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
1651 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
1652 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()],
1653 Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
1655 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
1657 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl));
1659 // C++11 [lex.ext]p5: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
1660 // operator "" X (str, len)
1661 QualType SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
1663 DeclarationName OpName =
1664 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1665 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1666 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1668 QualType ArgTy[] = {
1669 Context.getArrayDecayedType(StrTy), SizeType
1672 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1673 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, ArgTy,
1674 /*AllowRaw*/false, /*AllowTemplate*/false,
1675 /*AllowStringTemplate*/true)) {
1678 llvm::APInt Len(Context.getIntWidth(SizeType), Literal.GetNumStringChars());
1679 IntegerLiteral *LenArg = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Len, SizeType,
1681 Expr *Args[] = { Lit, LenArg };
1683 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, StringTokLocs.back());
1686 case LOLR_StringTemplate: {
1687 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
1689 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(CharTy);
1690 bool CharIsUnsigned = CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
1691 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
1693 TemplateArgument TypeArg(CharTy);
1694 TemplateArgumentLocInfo TypeArgInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharTy));
1695 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(TypeArg, TypeArgInfo));
1697 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Lit->getLength(); I != N; ++I) {
1698 Value = Lit->getCodeUnit(I);
1699 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, CharTy);
1700 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
1701 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
1703 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, StringTokLocs.back(),
1708 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
1712 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
1716 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1718 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
1719 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc);
1720 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS);
1723 /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a
1724 /// declaration that does not require a closure capture.
1726 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1727 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1728 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *FoundD,
1729 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1730 bool RefersToCapturedVariable =
1732 NeedToCaptureVariable(cast<VarDecl>(D), NameInfo.getLoc());
1735 if (isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
1736 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec =
1737 cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D);
1739 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
1740 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
1741 VarSpec->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), D,
1742 RefersToCapturedVariable, NameInfo.getLoc(), Ty, VK,
1743 FoundD, TemplateArgs);
1745 assert(!TemplateArgs && "No template arguments for non-variable"
1746 " template specialization references");
1747 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
1748 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
1749 SourceLocation(), D, RefersToCapturedVariable,
1750 NameInfo, Ty, VK, FoundD);
1753 MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
1755 if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak && isa<VarDecl>(D) &&
1756 Ty.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
1757 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, E->getLocStart()))
1758 recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(E);
1760 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D);
1761 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(D))
1762 FD = IFD->getAnonField();
1764 UnusedPrivateFields.remove(FD);
1765 // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member.
1766 if (FD->isBitField())
1767 E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField);
1770 // C++ [expr.prim]/8: The expression [...] is a bit-field if the identifier
1771 // designates a bit-field.
1772 if (auto *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D))
1773 if (auto *BE = BD->getBinding())
1774 E->setObjectKind(BE->getObjectKind());
1779 /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and
1780 /// possibly a list of template arguments.
1782 /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
1783 /// DecomposeTemplateName.
1785 /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
1786 /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
1789 Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
1790 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
1791 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1792 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
1793 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
1794 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
1795 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
1797 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
1798 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
1799 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
1801 TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get();
1802 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
1803 NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
1804 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
1806 NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
1807 TemplateArgs = nullptr;
1811 static void emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(
1812 const TypoCorrection &TC, Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1813 DeclarationName Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1814 unsigned DiagnosticID, unsigned DiagnosticSuggestID) {
1816 SS.isEmpty() ? nullptr : SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
1818 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1819 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1821 SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Typo << Ctx
1824 SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, DiagnosticID) << Typo;
1828 std::string CorrectedStr = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
1829 bool DroppedSpecifier =
1830 TC.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Typo.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
1831 unsigned NoteID = TC.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>()
1832 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
1833 : diag::note_previous_decl;
1835 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(DiagnosticSuggestID) << Typo,
1836 SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID));
1838 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1839 << Typo << Ctx << DroppedSpecifier
1841 SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID));
1844 /// Diagnose an empty lookup.
1846 /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
1848 Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
1849 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
1850 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1851 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, TypoExpr **Out) {
1852 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
1854 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
1855 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
1856 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
1857 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
1858 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
1859 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
1860 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
1863 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
1864 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
1865 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
1867 DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty() ? CurContext : nullptr;
1869 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
1870 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1873 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
1874 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1876 // During a default argument instantiation the CurContext points
1877 // to a CXXMethodDecl; but we can't apply a this-> fixit inside a
1878 // function parameter list, hence add an explicit check.
1879 bool isDefaultArgument =
1880 !CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
1881 CodeSynthesisContexts.back().Kind ==
1882 CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation;
1883 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
1884 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
1885 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
1886 DC == CurMethod->getParent() && !isDefaultArgument;
1888 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
1889 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
1890 // Actually quite difficult!
1891 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
1892 diagnostic = diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup;
1894 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
1895 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
1896 CheckCXXThisCapture(R.getNameLoc());
1898 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1901 // Do we really want to note all of these?
1902 for (NamedDecl *D : R)
1903 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
1905 // Return true if we are inside a default argument instantiation
1906 // and the found name refers to an instance member function, otherwise
1907 // the function calling DiagnoseEmptyLookup will try to create an
1908 // implicit member call and this is wrong for default argument.
1909 if (isDefaultArgument && ((*R.begin())->isCXXInstanceMember())) {
1910 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_member_call_without_object);
1914 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
1921 // In Microsoft mode, if we are performing lookup from within a friend
1922 // function definition declared at class scope then we must set
1923 // DC to the lexical parent to be able to search into the parent
1925 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) &&
1926 cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1927 DC->getLexicalParent()->isRecord())
1928 DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1930 DC = DC->getParent();
1933 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
1934 TypoCorrection Corrected;
1936 SourceLocation TypoLoc = R.getNameLoc();
1937 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs &&
1938 "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!");
1939 *Out = CorrectTypoDelayed(
1940 R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S, &SS, std::move(CCC),
1941 [=](const TypoCorrection &TC) {
1942 emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(TC, *this, SS, Name, TypoLoc, Args,
1943 diagnostic, diagnostic_suggest);
1945 nullptr, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
1948 } else if (S && (Corrected =
1949 CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S,
1950 &SS, std::move(CCC), CTK_ErrorRecovery))) {
1951 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
1952 bool DroppedSpecifier =
1953 Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Name.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
1954 R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
1956 bool AcceptableWithRecovery = false;
1957 bool AcceptableWithoutRecovery = false;
1958 NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
1960 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
1961 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc(),
1962 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
1963 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1964 for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) {
1965 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD =
1966 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(CD))
1967 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
1968 FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1970 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD))
1971 if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0)
1972 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none),
1975 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
1977 ND = Best->FoundDecl;
1978 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
1981 // FIXME: Arbitrarily pick the first declaration for the note.
1982 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
1987 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
1988 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
1989 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) {
1990 const Type *Ty = Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()->getAsType();
1991 Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1994 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
1995 ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
1996 R.setNamingClass(Record);
1999 auto *UnderlyingND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
2000 AcceptableWithRecovery = isa<ValueDecl>(UnderlyingND) ||
2001 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(UnderlyingND);
2002 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
2003 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
2004 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
2005 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
2006 // to recover well anyway.
2007 AcceptableWithoutRecovery =
2008 isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingND);
2010 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
2011 // because we aren't able to recover.
2012 AcceptableWithoutRecovery = true;
2015 if (AcceptableWithRecovery || AcceptableWithoutRecovery) {
2016 unsigned NoteID = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>()
2017 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
2018 : diag::note_previous_decl;
2020 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diagnostic_suggest) << Name,
2021 PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
2023 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2024 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2025 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange(),
2026 PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
2028 // Tell the callee whether to try to recover.
2029 return !AcceptableWithRecovery;
2034 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
2035 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
2036 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
2037 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2038 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2043 // Give up, we can't recover.
2044 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
2048 /// In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class whose parent class has
2049 /// dependent base classes, and we can't resolve an unqualified identifier, then
2050 /// assume the identifier is a member of a dependent base class. We can only
2051 /// recover successfully in static methods, instance methods, and other contexts
2052 /// where 'this' is available. This doesn't precisely match MSVC's
2053 /// instantiation model, but it's close enough.
2055 recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context,
2056 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2057 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2058 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2059 // Only try to recover from lookup into dependent bases in static methods or
2060 // contexts where 'this' is available.
2061 QualType ThisType = S.getCurrentThisType();
2062 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
2063 if (!ThisType.isNull())
2064 RD = ThisType->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
2065 else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(S.CurContext))
2066 RD = MD->getParent();
2067 if (!RD || !RD->hasAnyDependentBases())
2070 // Diagnose this as unqualified lookup into a dependent base class. If 'this'
2071 // is available, suggest inserting 'this->' as a fixit.
2072 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2073 auto DB = S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base);
2074 DB << NameInfo.getName() << RD;
2076 if (!ThisType.isNull()) {
2077 DB << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "this->");
2078 return CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
2079 Context, /*This=*/nullptr, ThisType, /*IsArrow=*/true,
2080 /*Op=*/SourceLocation(), NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), TemplateKWLoc,
2081 /*FirstQualifierInScope=*/nullptr, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
2084 // Synthesize a fake NNS that points to the derived class. This will
2085 // perform name lookup during template instantiation.
2088 NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, true, RD->getTypeForDecl());
2089 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(Loc, Loc));
2090 return DependentScopeDeclRefExpr::Create(
2091 Context, SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2096 Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2097 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, UnqualifiedId &Id,
2098 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2099 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2100 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier, Token *KeywordReplacement) {
2101 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
2102 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
2106 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
2108 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
2109 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
2110 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
2111 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
2113 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
2114 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2115 SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2117 if (II && II->isEditorPlaceholder()) {
2118 // FIXME: When typed placeholders are supported we can create a typed
2119 // placeholder expression node.
2123 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
2124 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
2125 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
2126 // (note: handled after lookup)
2127 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
2128 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
2129 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
2130 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
2131 // names a dependent type.
2132 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
2133 // we need to handle these differently.
2134 bool DependentID = false;
2135 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
2136 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) {
2138 } else if (SS.isSet()) {
2139 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) {
2140 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2148 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2149 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2151 // Perform the required lookup.
2152 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo,
2153 (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam)
2154 ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam : LookupOrdinaryName);
2156 // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in
2157 // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the
2158 // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If
2159 // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those
2160 // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it.
2161 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
2162 LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false,
2163 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
2165 if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization ||
2166 (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation))
2167 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2168 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2170 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = II && !SS.isSet() && getCurMethodDecl();
2171 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
2173 // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent
2175 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2176 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2177 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2179 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
2180 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
2181 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
2182 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
2186 if (Expr *Ex = E.getAs<Expr>())
2191 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2194 // This could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal in C90,
2195 // extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
2196 if (R.empty() && HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2197 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
2198 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
2201 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
2202 // argument-dependent lookup.
2203 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
2205 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
2206 if (SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
2207 if (Expr *E = recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(*this, Context, NameInfo,
2208 TemplateKWLoc, TemplateArgs))
2212 // Don't diagnose an empty lookup for inline assembly.
2213 if (IsInlineAsmIdentifier)
2216 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
2217 // call, diagnose the problem.
2218 TypoExpr *TE = nullptr;
2219 auto DefaultValidator = llvm::make_unique<CorrectionCandidateCallback>(
2220 II, SS.isValid() ? SS.getScopeRep() : nullptr);
2221 DefaultValidator->IsAddressOfOperand = IsAddressOfOperand;
2222 assert((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) &&
2223 "Typo correction callback misconfigured");
2225 // Make sure the callback knows what the typo being diagnosed is.
2226 CCC->setTypoName(II);
2228 CCC->setTypoNNS(SS.getScopeRep());
2230 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R,
2231 CCC ? std::move(CCC) : std::move(DefaultValidator),
2232 nullptr, None, &TE)) {
2233 if (TE && KeywordReplacement) {
2234 auto &State = getTypoExprState(TE);
2235 auto BestTC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection();
2236 if (BestTC.isKeyword()) {
2237 auto *II = BestTC.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
2238 if (State.DiagHandler)
2239 State.DiagHandler(BestTC);
2240 KeywordReplacement->startToken();
2241 KeywordReplacement->setKind(II->getTokenID());
2242 KeywordReplacement->setIdentifierInfo(II);
2243 KeywordReplacement->setLocation(BestTC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin());
2244 // Clean up the state associated with the TypoExpr, since it has
2245 // now been diagnosed (without a call to CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr).
2246 clearDelayedTypo(TE);
2247 // Signal that a correction to a keyword was performed by returning a
2248 // valid-but-null ExprResult.
2249 return (Expr*)nullptr;
2251 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
2253 return TE ? TE : ExprError();
2256 assert(!R.empty() &&
2257 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
2259 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
2260 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
2261 // reference the ivar.
2262 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
2264 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
2265 // In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable
2266 // lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it.
2267 if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get())
2273 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
2274 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
2276 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
2277 // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3:
2278 // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access
2279 // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the
2280 // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup
2281 // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type
2282 // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a
2283 // class member access expression using (*this) as the
2284 // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator.
2286 // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R
2287 // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the
2288 // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a
2289 // non-static member function:
2291 // C++ [expr.ref]p4:
2292 // Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . .
2293 // [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a
2294 // member function call.
2296 // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important
2297 // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a
2298 // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent
2300 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
2301 bool MightBeImplicitMember;
2302 if (!IsAddressOfOperand)
2303 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2304 else if (!SS.isEmpty())
2305 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2306 else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
2307 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2308 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
2309 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2311 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2312 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2313 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
2315 if (MightBeImplicitMember)
2316 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc,
2317 R, TemplateArgs, S);
2320 if (TemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) {
2322 // In C++1y, if this is a variable template id, then check it
2323 // in BuildTemplateIdExpr().
2324 // The single lookup result must be a variable template declaration.
2325 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && Id.TemplateId &&
2326 Id.TemplateId->Kind == TNK_Var_template) {
2327 assert(R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() &&
2328 "There should only be one declaration found.");
2331 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, ADL, TemplateArgs);
2334 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
2337 /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
2338 /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
2339 /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
2341 ExprResult Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(
2342 CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2343 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI) {
2344 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2346 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2347 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2349 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2352 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
2353 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
2355 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2358 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2359 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2360 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2363 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2364 << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange();
2368 if (const TypeDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
2369 // Diagnose a missing typename if this resolved unambiguously to a type in
2370 // a dependent context. If we can recover with a type, downgrade this to
2371 // a warning in Microsoft compatibility mode.
2372 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
2373 if (RecoveryTSI && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
2374 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
2375 SourceLocation Loc = SS.getBeginLoc();
2376 auto D = Diag(Loc, DiagID);
2377 D << SS.getScopeRep() << NameInfo.getName().getAsString()
2378 << SourceRange(Loc, NameInfo.getEndLoc());
2380 // Don't recover if the caller isn't expecting us to or if we're in a SFINAE
2385 // Only issue the fixit if we're prepared to recover.
2386 D << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "typename ");
2388 // Recover by pretending this was an elaborated type.
2389 QualType Ty = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
2391 TLB.pushTypeSpec(Ty).setNameLoc(NameInfo.getLoc());
2393 QualType ET = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, Ty);
2394 ElaboratedTypeLoc QTL = TLB.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(ET);
2395 QTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
2396 QTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
2398 *RecoveryTSI = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, ET);
2403 // Defend against this resolving to an implicit member access. We usually
2404 // won't get here if this might be a legitimate a class member (we end up in
2405 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr instead), but this can be valid if we're forming
2406 // a pointer-to-member or in an unevaluated context in C++11.
2407 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember() && !IsAddressOfOperand)
2408 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS,
2409 /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2410 R, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S);
2412 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false);
2415 /// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
2416 /// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
2417 /// additional lookup.
2419 /// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
2420 /// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
2422 /// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
2424 Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
2425 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2426 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
2427 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
2429 // Check for error condition which is already reported.
2433 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
2434 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
2435 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
2436 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
2437 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
2439 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
2440 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
2441 // ivar, that's an error.
2442 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
2446 LookForIvars = true;
2447 else if (IsClassMethod)
2448 LookForIvars = false;
2450 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2451 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
2452 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
2454 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
2455 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2456 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = nullptr;
2457 if (IFace && (IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared))) {
2458 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
2460 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method)
2461 << IV->getDeclName());
2463 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
2464 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
2465 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2468 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
2469 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
2472 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
2473 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
2474 !declaresSameEntity(ClassDeclared, IFace) &&
2475 !getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport)
2476 Diag(Loc, diag::err_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2478 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
2479 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
2480 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
2481 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
2482 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
2483 SelfName.setKind(UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam);
2484 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
2485 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
2486 ExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, TemplateKWLoc,
2487 SelfName, false, false);
2488 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2491 SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.get());
2492 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2495 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, IV, true);
2497 ObjCMethodFamily MF = CurMethod->getMethodFamily();
2498 if (MF != OMF_init && MF != OMF_dealloc && MF != OMF_finalize &&
2499 !IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(IFace, CurMethod, IV))
2500 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2502 ObjCIvarRefExpr *Result = new (Context)
2503 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getUsageType(SelfExpr.get()->getType()), Loc,
2504 IV->getLocation(), SelfExpr.get(), true, true);
2506 if (IV->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
2507 if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
2508 recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(Result);
2510 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
2511 if (CurContext->isClosure())
2512 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
2513 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "self->");
2518 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
2519 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
2520 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) {
2521 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2522 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
2523 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
2524 declaresSameEntity(IFace, ClassDeclared))
2525 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
2528 } else if (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2529 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
2530 // If accessing a stand-alone ivar in a class method, this is an error.
2531 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Lookup.getFoundDecl()))
2532 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method)
2533 << IV->getDeclName());
2536 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2537 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
2538 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
2539 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2540 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
2541 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
2542 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
2543 Lookup.getNameLoc());
2544 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
2548 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
2549 return ExprResult((Expr *)nullptr);
2552 /// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
2554 /// Logically this happens in three phases:
2556 /// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
2557 /// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
2558 /// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
2559 /// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
2561 /// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
2562 /// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
2563 /// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
2564 /// the class declaring the member.
2566 /// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
2567 /// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
2568 /// obey access control.
2570 Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2571 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2572 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2573 NamedDecl *Member) {
2574 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
2578 QualType DestRecordType;
2580 QualType FromRecordType;
2581 QualType FromType = From->getType();
2582 bool PointerConversions = false;
2583 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
2584 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
2586 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2587 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
2588 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2589 PointerConversions = true;
2591 DestType = DestRecordType;
2592 FromRecordType = FromType;
2594 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
2595 if (Method->isStatic())
2598 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2599 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
2601 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2602 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2603 PointerConversions = true;
2605 FromRecordType = FromType;
2606 DestType = DestRecordType;
2609 // No conversion necessary.
2613 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
2616 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
2617 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2620 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
2621 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
2623 ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind();
2625 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
2626 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
2629 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
2630 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
2631 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
2632 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
2634 // class Base { public: int x; };
2635 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
2636 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
2637 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
2639 // void VeryDerived::f() {
2640 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
2641 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
2643 if (Qualifier && Qualifier->getAsType()) {
2644 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
2645 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
2647 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
2649 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
2650 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
2651 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
2652 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromLoc, FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
2653 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2654 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
2655 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2658 if (PointerConversions)
2659 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
2660 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2661 VK, &BasePath).get();
2664 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
2666 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
2668 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2673 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
2675 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
2676 // down to the using declaration's type.
2678 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
2679 // class ever has member declarations.
2680 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
2681 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
2682 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
2683 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
2685 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
2686 // conversion is non-trivial.
2687 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
2688 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromLoc, FromRecordType, URecordType));
2689 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2690 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
2691 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2694 QualType UType = URecordType;
2695 if (PointerConversions)
2696 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
2697 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2698 VK, &BasePath).get();
2700 FromRecordType = URecordType;
2703 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
2704 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
2705 IgnoreAccess = true;
2708 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2709 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType,
2710 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath,
2714 return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2718 bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2719 const LookupResult &R,
2720 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2721 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
2722 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
2725 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
2729 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
2730 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2733 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
2735 for (NamedDecl *D : R) {
2736 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2737 // -- a declaration of a class member
2738 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
2740 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
2743 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2744 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
2745 // using-declaration
2746 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
2747 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
2748 // turn off ADL anyway).
2749 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2750 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
2751 else if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2754 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2755 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
2757 // And also for builtin functions.
2758 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2759 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2761 // But also builtin functions.
2762 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2764 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
2772 /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
2773 /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
2774 /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
2775 /// will in fact be used.
2776 static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
2777 if (D->isInvalidDecl())
2780 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
2781 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
2785 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
2786 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
2790 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
2791 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
2798 ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2799 LookupResult &R, bool NeedsADL,
2800 bool AcceptInvalidDecl) {
2801 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
2802 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
2803 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
2804 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getFoundDecl(),
2805 R.getRepresentativeDecl(), nullptr,
2808 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
2809 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
2810 // functions and function templates.
2811 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
2812 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
2815 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
2816 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
2817 // we've picked a target.
2818 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2820 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
2821 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(),
2822 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
2823 R.getLookupNameInfo(),
2824 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(),
2825 R.begin(), R.end());
2831 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
2832 ValueDecl *var, DeclContext *DC);
2834 /// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
2835 ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
2836 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
2837 NamedDecl *FoundD, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2838 bool AcceptInvalidDecl) {
2839 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
2840 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
2841 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
2843 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2844 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
2847 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
2848 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
2849 // a template argument list.
2850 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref) << (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(D) ? 1 : 0)
2851 << Template << SS.getRange();
2852 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
2856 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
2857 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
2859 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
2860 << D << SS.getRange();
2861 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
2865 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
2866 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
2867 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
2868 // that overload resolution actually selects.
2869 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
2872 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
2873 if (VD->isInvalidDecl() && !AcceptInvalidDecl)
2876 // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here,
2877 // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this
2878 // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression.
2879 if (IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2880 if (!indirectField->isCXXClassMember())
2881 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(),
2885 QualType type = VD->getType();
2886 if (auto *FPT = type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2887 // C++ [except.spec]p17:
2888 // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when:
2889 // - in an expression, the function is the unique lookup result or
2890 // the selected member of a set of overloaded functions.
2891 ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT);
2892 type = VD->getType();
2894 ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_RValue;
2896 switch (D->getKind()) {
2897 // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds.
2898 #define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind)
2899 #define VALUE(type, base)
2900 #define DECL(type, base) \
2902 #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
2903 llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind");
2905 // These shouldn't make it here.
2906 case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
2907 case Decl::ObjCIvar:
2908 llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?");
2910 // Enum constants are always r-values and never references.
2911 // Unresolved using declarations are dependent.
2912 case Decl::EnumConstant:
2913 case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
2914 case Decl::OMPDeclareReduction:
2915 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2918 // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for
2919 // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for
2920 // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really
2921 // exist in the high-level semantics.
2923 case Decl::IndirectField:
2924 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2925 "building reference to field in C?");
2927 // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but
2928 // for internal consistency we do this anyway.
2929 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2930 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2933 // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values
2934 // depending on the type.
2935 case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: {
2936 if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
2937 type = reftype->getPointeeType();
2938 valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference
2942 // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case
2943 // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever.
2944 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2945 type = type.getUnqualifiedType();
2950 case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization:
2951 case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization:
2952 case Decl::Decomposition:
2953 case Decl::OMPCapturedExpr:
2954 // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value.
2955 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2956 !type.hasQualifiers() &&
2957 type->isVoidType()) {
2958 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2963 case Decl::ImplicitParam:
2964 case Decl::ParmVar: {
2965 // These are always l-values.
2966 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2967 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2969 // FIXME: Does the addition of const really only apply in
2970 // potentially-evaluated contexts? Since the variable isn't actually
2971 // captured in an unevaluated context, it seems that the answer is no.
2972 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) {
2973 QualType CapturedType = getCapturedDeclRefType(cast<VarDecl>(VD), Loc);
2974 if (!CapturedType.isNull())
2975 type = CapturedType;
2981 case Decl::Binding: {
2982 // These are always lvalues.
2983 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2984 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2985 // FIXME: Support lambda-capture of BindingDecls, once CWG actually
2986 // decides how that's supposed to work.
2987 auto *BD = cast<BindingDecl>(VD);
2988 if (BD->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2989 BD->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
2990 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, Loc, BD, CurContext);
2994 case Decl::Function: {
2995 if (unsigned BID = cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->getBuiltinID()) {
2996 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
2997 type = Context.BuiltinFnTy;
2998 valueKind = VK_RValue;
3003 const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>();
3005 // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype
3006 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
3007 if (fty->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
3008 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
3009 valueKind = VK_RValue;
3013 // Functions are l-values in C++.
3014 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3015 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3019 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
3020 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
3021 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
3022 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
3024 if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() &&
3025 isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty))
3026 type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getReturnType(),
3029 // Functions are r-values in C.
3030 valueKind = VK_RValue;
3034 case Decl::CXXDeductionGuide:
3035 llvm_unreachable("building reference to deduction guide");
3037 case Decl::MSProperty:
3038 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3041 case Decl::CXXMethod:
3042 // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype
3043 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
3044 // This should only be possible with a type written directly.
3045 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto
3046 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType()))
3047 if (proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
3048 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
3049 valueKind = VK_RValue;
3053 // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static.
3054 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) {
3055 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3060 case Decl::CXXConversion:
3061 case Decl::CXXDestructor:
3062 case Decl::CXXConstructor:
3063 valueKind = VK_RValue;
3067 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS, FoundD,
3072 static void ConvertUTF8ToWideString(unsigned CharByteWidth, StringRef Source,
3073 SmallString<32> &Target) {
3074 Target.resize(CharByteWidth * (Source.size() + 1));
3075 char *ResultPtr = &Target[0];
3076 const llvm::UTF8 *ErrorPtr;
3078 llvm::ConvertUTF8toWide(CharByteWidth, Source, ResultPtr, ErrorPtr);
3081 Target.resize(ResultPtr - &Target[0]);
3084 ExprResult Sema::BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3085 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT) {
3086 // Pick the current block, lambda, captured statement or function.
3087 Decl *currentDecl = nullptr;
3088 if (const BlockScopeInfo *BSI = getCurBlock())
3089 currentDecl = BSI->TheDecl;
3090 else if (const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda())
3091 currentDecl = LSI->CallOperator;
3092 else if (const CapturedRegionScopeInfo *CSI = getCurCapturedRegion())
3093 currentDecl = CSI->TheCapturedDecl;
3095 currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
3098 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
3099 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
3103 StringLiteral *SL = nullptr;
3104 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext())
3105 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
3107 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of
3109 auto Str = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl);
3110 unsigned Length = Str.length();
3112 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
3113 if (IT == PredefinedExpr::LFunction) {
3114 ResTy = Context.WideCharTy.withConst();
3115 SmallString<32> RawChars;
3116 ConvertUTF8ToWideString(Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ResTy).getQuantity(),
3118 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal,
3119 /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0);
3120 SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, RawChars, StringLiteral::Wide,
3121 /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc);
3123 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
3124 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal,
3125 /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0);
3126 SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Str, StringLiteral::Ascii,
3127 /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc);
3131 return new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT, SL);
3134 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3135 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
3138 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown simple primary expr!");
3139 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
3140 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
3141 case tok::kw___FUNCDNAME__: IT = PredefinedExpr::FuncDName; break; // [MS]
3142 case tok::kw___FUNCSIG__: IT = PredefinedExpr::FuncSig; break; // [MS]
3143 case tok::kw_L__FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::LFunction; break;
3144 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
3147 return BuildPredefinedExpr(Loc, IT);
3150 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
3151 SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
3152 bool Invalid = false;
3153 StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
3157 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
3159 if (Literal.hadError())
3163 if (Literal.isWide())
3164 Ty = Context.WideCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C and C++.
3165 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
3166 Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C11 and C++11.
3167 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
3168 Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C11 and C++11.
3169 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Literal.isMultiChar())
3170 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' -> int in C, 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
3172 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
3174 CharacterLiteral::CharacterKind Kind = CharacterLiteral::Ascii;
3175 if (Literal.isWide())
3176 Kind = CharacterLiteral::Wide;
3177 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
3178 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF16;
3179 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
3180 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF32;
3181 else if (Literal.isUTF8())
3182 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF8;
3184 Expr *Lit = new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty,
3187 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
3190 // We're building a user-defined literal.
3191 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
3192 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
3193 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
3195 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
3197 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_character_udl));
3199 // C++11 [lex.ext]p6: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
3200 // operator "" X (ch)
3201 return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc,
3202 Lit, Tok.getLocation());
3205 ExprResult Sema::ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val) {
3206 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3207 return IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val),
3208 Context.IntTy, Loc);
3211 static Expr *BuildFloatingLiteral(Sema &S, NumericLiteralParser &Literal,
3212 QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) {
3213 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
3215 using llvm::APFloat;
3216 APFloat Val(Format);
3218 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
3220 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
3221 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
3222 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
3223 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
3224 unsigned diagnostic;
3225 SmallString<20> buffer;
3226 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
3227 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
3228 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
3230 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
3231 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
3234 S.Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
3236 << StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
3239 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
3240 return FloatingLiteral::Create(S.Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Loc);
3243 bool Sema::CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
3244 assert(E && "Invalid expression");
3246 if (E->isValueDependent())
3249 QualType QT = E->getType();
3250 if (!QT->isIntegerType() || QT->isBooleanType() || QT->isCharType()) {
3251 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_type) << QT;
3255 llvm::APSInt ValueAPS;
3256 ExprResult R = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &ValueAPS);
3261 bool ValueIsPositive = ValueAPS.isStrictlyPositive();
3262 if (!ValueIsPositive || ValueAPS.getActiveBits() > 31) {
3263 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_value)
3264 << ValueAPS.toString(10) << ValueIsPositive;
3271 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
3272 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
3273 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or suffix.
3274 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
3275 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
3276 return ActOnIntegerConstant(Tok.getLocation(), Val-'0');
3279 SmallString<128> SpellingBuffer;
3280 // NumericLiteralParser wants to overread by one character. Add padding to
3281 // the buffer in case the token is copied to the buffer. If getSpelling()
3282 // returns a StringRef to the memory buffer, it should have a null char at
3283 // the EOF, so it is also safe.
3284 SpellingBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength() + 1);
3286 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
3287 bool Invalid = false;
3288 StringRef TokSpelling = PP.getSpelling(Tok, SpellingBuffer, &Invalid);
3292 NumericLiteralParser Literal(TokSpelling, Tok.getLocation(), PP);
3293 if (Literal.hadError)
3296 if (Literal.hasUDSuffix()) {
3297 // We're building a user-defined literal.
3298 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
3299 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
3300 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
3302 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
3304 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_numeric_udl));
3307 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3308 // C++11 [lex.ext]p4: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
3309 // long double, the literal is treated as a call of the form
3310 // operator "" X (f L)
3311 CookedTy = Context.LongDoubleTy;
3313 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
3314 // unsigned long long, the literal is treated as a call of the form
3315 // operator "" X (n ULL)
3316 CookedTy = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3319 DeclarationName OpName =
3320 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
3321 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
3322 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
3324 SourceLocation TokLoc = Tok.getLocation();
3326 // Perform literal operator lookup to determine if we're building a raw
3327 // literal or a cooked one.
3328 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
3329 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, CookedTy,
3330 /*AllowRaw*/true, /*AllowTemplate*/true,
3331 /*AllowStringTemplate*/false)) {
3337 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3338 Lit = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, CookedTy, Tok.getLocation());
3340 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(), 0);
3341 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal))
3342 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large)
3343 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
3344 Lit = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, CookedTy,
3347 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
3351 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a raw literal operator, the
3352 // literal is treated as a call of the form
3353 // operator "" X ("n")
3354 unsigned Length = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset();
3355 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(
3356 Context.CharTy.withConst(), llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1),
3357 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3358 Expr *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(
3359 Context, StringRef(TokSpelling.data(), Length), StringLiteral::Ascii,
3360 /*Pascal*/false, StrTy, &TokLoc, 1);
3361 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
3364 case LOLR_Template: {
3365 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: Otherwise (S contains a literal operator
3366 // template), L is treated as a call fo the form
3367 // operator "" X <'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>()
3368 // where n is the source character sequence c1 c2 ... ck.
3369 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
3370 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(Context.CharTy);
3371 bool CharIsUnsigned = Context.CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3372 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
3373 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); I != N; ++I) {
3374 Value = TokSpelling[I];
3375 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, Context.CharTy);
3376 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
3377 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
3379 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, TokLoc,
3382 case LOLR_StringTemplate:
3383 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
3389 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3391 if (Literal.isHalf){
3392 if (getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16"))
3393 Ty = Context.HalfTy;
3395 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_half_const_requires_fp16);
3398 } else if (Literal.isFloat)
3399 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
3400 else if (Literal.isLong)
3401 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
3402 else if (Literal.isFloat128)
3403 Ty = Context.Float128Ty;
3405 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
3407 Res = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
3409 if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) {
3410 if (getLangOpts().SinglePrecisionConstants) {
3411 const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3412 if (BTy->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float) {
3413 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3415 } else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
3416 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp64")) {
3417 // Impose single-precision float type when cl_khr_fp64 is not enabled.
3418 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64);
3419 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3422 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
3427 // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature.
3428 if (!getLangOpts().C99 && Literal.isLongLong) {
3429 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3430 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
3431 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
3432 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong);
3434 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_longlong);
3437 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
3438 unsigned MaxWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth();
3439 llvm::APInt ResultVal(MaxWidth, 0);
3441 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
3442 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, error and force to ull.
3443 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large)
3444 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
3445 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3446 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
3447 "long long is not intmax_t?");
3449 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
3450 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
3452 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
3453 // be an unsigned int.
3454 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
3456 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
3459 // Microsoft specific integer suffixes are explicitly sized.
3460 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger) {
3461 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger == 8 && !Literal.isUnsigned) {
3463 Ty = Context.CharTy;
3465 Width = Literal.MicrosoftInteger;
3466 Ty = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(Width,
3467 /*Signed=*/!Literal.isUnsigned);
3471 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
3472 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
3473 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3475 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
3476 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
3477 // Does it fit in a signed int?
3478 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
3480 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3481 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
3486 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
3487 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
3488 unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
3490 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
3491 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
3492 // Does it fit in a signed long?
3493 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
3494 Ty = Context.LongTy;
3495 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3496 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
3497 // Check according to the rules of C90 6.1.3.2p5. C++03 [lex.icon]p2
3499 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
3500 const unsigned LongLongSize =
3501 Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3502 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
3503 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
3505 ? diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx
3506 : /*C++98 UB*/ diag::
3507 ext_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx
3508 : diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long)
3509 << (LongLongSize > LongSize ? /*will have type 'long long'*/ 0
3510 : /*will be ill-formed*/ 1);
3511 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
3517 // Check long long if needed.
3519 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3521 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
3522 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
3523 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
3524 // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the
3525 // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode.
3526 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 ||
3527 (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && Literal.isLongLong)))
3528 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
3529 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3530 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3531 Width = LongLongSize;
3535 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
3536 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
3538 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_integer_literal_too_large_for_signed);
3539 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3540 Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3543 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
3544 ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width);
3546 Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
3549 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
3550 if (Literal.isImaginary)
3551 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
3552 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
3557 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) {
3558 assert(E && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
3559 return new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E);
3562 static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
3564 SourceRange ArgRange) {
3565 // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in
3566 // scalar or vector data type argument..."
3567 // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic
3568 // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void.
3569 if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) {
3570 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type)
3575 assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) &&
3576 "Scalar types should always be complete");
3580 static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
3582 SourceRange ArgRange,
3583 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
3584 // Invalid types must be hard errors for SFINAE in C++.
3585 if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
3589 if (T->isFunctionType() &&
3590 (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf || TraitKind == UETT_AlignOf)) {
3591 // sizeof(function)/alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
3592 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3593 << TraitKind << ArgRange;
3597 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension, unless in OpenCL where
3598 // this is an error (OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.k)
3599 if (T->isVoidType()) {
3600 unsigned DiagID = S.LangOpts.OpenCL ? diag::err_opencl_sizeof_alignof_type
3601 : diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_void_type;
3602 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << TraitKind << ArgRange;
3609 static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T,
3611 SourceRange ArgRange,
3612 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
3613 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) if the
3614 // runtime doesn't allow it.
3615 if (!S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsSizeofAlignof() && T->isObjCObjectType()) {
3616 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
3617 << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
3625 /// \brief Check whether E is a pointer from a decayed array type (the decayed
3626 /// pointer type is equal to T) and emit a warning if it is.
3627 static void warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
3629 // Don't warn if the operation changed the type.
3630 if (T != E->getType())
3633 // Now look for array decays.
3634 ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
3635 if (!ICE || ICE->getCastKind() != CK_ArrayToPointerDecay)
3638 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sizeof_array_decay) << ICE->getSourceRange()
3640 << ICE->getSubExpr()->getType();
3643 /// \brief Check the constraints on expression operands to unary type expression
3644 /// and type traits.
3646 /// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand
3647 /// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify
3648 /// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template
3649 /// instantiation, etc.
3650 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E,
3651 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3652 QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
3653 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
3655 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
3656 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3657 E->getSourceRange());
3659 // Whitelist some types as extensions
3660 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3661 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
3664 // 'alignof' applied to an expression only requires the base element type of
3665 // the expression to be complete. 'sizeof' requires the expression's type to
3666 // be complete (and will attempt to complete it if it's an array of unknown
3668 if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
3669 if (RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(),
3670 Context.getBaseElementType(E->getType()),
3671 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type, ExprKind,
3672 E->getSourceRange()))
3675 if (RequireCompleteExprType(E, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
3676 ExprKind, E->getSourceRange()))
3680 // Completing the expression's type may have changed it.
3681 ExprTy = E->getType();
3682 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
3684 if (ExprTy->isFunctionType()) {
3685 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3686 << ExprKind << E->getSourceRange();
3690 // The operand for sizeof and alignof is in an unevaluated expression context,
3691 // so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
3692 if ((ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf || ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) &&
3693 !inTemplateInstantiation() && E->HasSideEffects(Context, false))
3694 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
3696 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3697 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
3700 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) {
3701 if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
3702 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) {
3703 QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType();
3704 QualType Type = PVD->getType();
3705 if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) {
3706 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param)
3708 Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
3713 // Warn on "sizeof(array op x)" and "sizeof(x op array)", where the array
3714 // decays into a pointer and returns an unintended result. This is most
3715 // likely a typo for "sizeof(array) op x".
3716 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
3717 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
3719 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
3727 /// \brief Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type
3730 /// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints
3731 /// on those operands.
3733 /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
3734 /// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state:
3735 /// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ...
3737 /// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4
3738 /// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer
3739 /// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof.
3741 /// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions.
3742 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType,
3743 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3744 SourceRange ExprRange,
3745 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3746 if (ExprType->isDependentType())
3749 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2:
3750 // When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result
3751 // is the size of the referenced type.
3752 // C++11 [expr.alignof]p3:
3753 // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result
3754 // shall be the alignment of the referenced type.
3755 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3756 ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
3758 // C11 6.5.3.4/3, C++11 [expr.alignof]p3:
3759 // When alignof or _Alignof is applied to an array type, the result
3760 // is the alignment of the element type.
3761 if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign)
3762 ExprType = Context.getBaseElementType(ExprType);
3764 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
3765 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange);
3767 // Whitelist some types as extensions
3768 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
3772 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, ExprType,
3773 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
3774 ExprKind, ExprRange))
3777 if (ExprType->isFunctionType()) {
3778 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3779 << ExprKind << ExprRange;
3783 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
3790 static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
3791 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3793 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
3794 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3797 if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) {
3798 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield)
3799 << 1 << E->getSourceRange();
3803 ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
3804 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3806 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
3807 D = ME->getMemberDecl();
3810 // If it's a field, require the containing struct to have a
3811 // complete definition so that we can compute the layout.
3813 // This can happen in C++11 onwards, either by naming the member
3814 // in a way that is not transformed into a member access expression
3815 // (in an unevaluated operand, for instance), or by naming the member
3816 // in a trailing-return-type.
3818 // For the record, since __alignof__ on expressions is a GCC
3819 // extension, GCC seems to permit this but always gives the
3820 // nonsensical answer 0.
3822 // We don't really need the layout here --- we could instead just
3823 // directly check for all the appropriate alignment-lowing
3824 // attributes --- but that would require duplicating a lot of
3825 // logic that just isn't worth duplicating for such a marginal
3827 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(D)) {
3828 // Fast path this check, since we at least know the record has a
3829 // definition if we can find a member of it.
3830 if (!FD->getParent()->isCompleteDefinition()) {
3831 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignof_member_of_incomplete_type)
3832 << E->getSourceRange();
3836 // Otherwise, if it's a field, and the field doesn't have
3837 // reference type, then it must have a complete type (or be a
3838 // flexible array member, which we explicitly want to
3839 // white-list anyway), which makes the following checks trivial.
3840 if (!FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
3844 return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_AlignOf);
3847 bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) {
3848 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3850 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
3851 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3854 return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep);
3857 static void captureVariablyModifiedType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
3858 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI) {
3859 assert(T->isVariablyModifiedType());
3860 assert(CSI != nullptr);
3862 // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA expressions.
3864 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
3865 switch (Ty->getTypeClass()) {
3866 #define TYPE(Class, Base)
3867 #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
3868 #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
3869 #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
3870 #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base)
3871 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
3874 // These types are never variably-modified.
3878 case Type::ExtVector:
3881 case Type::Elaborated:
3882 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
3883 case Type::ObjCObject:
3884 case Type::ObjCInterface:
3885 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
3886 case Type::ObjCTypeParam:
3888 llvm_unreachable("type class is never variably-modified!");
3889 case Type::Adjusted:
3890 T = cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)->getOriginalType();
3893 T = cast<DecayedType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3896 T = cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3898 case Type::BlockPointer:
3899 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3901 case Type::LValueReference:
3902 case Type::RValueReference:
3903 T = cast<ReferenceType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3905 case Type::MemberPointer:
3906 T = cast<MemberPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3908 case Type::ConstantArray:
3909 case Type::IncompleteArray:
3910 // Losing element qualification here is fine.
3911 T = cast<ArrayType>(Ty)->getElementType();
3913 case Type::VariableArray: {
3914 // Losing element qualification here is fine.
3915 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(Ty);
3917 // Unknown size indication requires no size computation.
3918 // Otherwise, evaluate and record it.
3919 if (auto Size = VAT->getSizeExpr()) {
3920 if (!CSI->isVLATypeCaptured(VAT)) {
3921 RecordDecl *CapRecord = nullptr;
3922 if (auto LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
3923 CapRecord = LSI->Lambda;
3924 } else if (auto CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
3925 CapRecord = CRSI->TheRecordDecl;
3928 auto ExprLoc = Size->getExprLoc();
3929 auto SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
3930 // Build the non-static data member.
3932 FieldDecl::Create(Context, CapRecord, ExprLoc, ExprLoc,
3933 /*Id*/ nullptr, SizeType, /*TInfo*/ nullptr,
3934 /*BW*/ nullptr, /*Mutable*/ false,
3935 /*InitStyle*/ ICIS_NoInit);
3936 Field->setImplicit(true);
3937 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
3938 Field->setCapturedVLAType(VAT);
3939 CapRecord->addDecl(Field);
3941 CSI->addVLATypeCapture(ExprLoc, SizeType);
3945 T = VAT->getElementType();
3948 case Type::FunctionProto:
3949 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
3950 T = cast<FunctionType>(Ty)->getReturnType();
3954 case Type::UnaryTransform:
3955 case Type::Attributed:
3956 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
3957 case Type::PackExpansion:
3958 // Keep walking after single level desugaring.
3959 T = T.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Context);
3962 T = cast<TypedefType>(Ty)->desugar();
3964 case Type::Decltype:
3965 T = cast<DecltypeType>(Ty)->desugar();
3968 case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
3969 T = cast<DeducedType>(Ty)->getDeducedType();
3971 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
3972 T = cast<TypeOfExprType>(Ty)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
3975 T = cast<AtomicType>(Ty)->getValueType();
3978 } while (!T.isNull() && T->isVariablyModifiedType());
3981 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
3983 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3984 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3985 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3990 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
3992 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
3993 CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind))
3996 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && FunctionScopes.size() > 1) {
3997 if (auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
3998 for (auto I = FunctionScopes.rbegin(),
3999 E = std::prev(FunctionScopes.rend());
4001 auto *CSI = dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(*I);
4004 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
4005 if (auto *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))
4006 DC = LSI->CallOperator;
4007 else if (auto *CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))
4008 DC = CRSI->TheCapturedDecl;
4009 else if (auto *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI))
4012 if (DC->containsDecl(TT->getDecl()))
4014 captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, T, CSI);
4020 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
4021 return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
4022 ExprKind, TInfo, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, R.getEnd());
4025 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
4028 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4029 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
4030 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
4036 // Verify that the operand is valid.
4037 bool isInvalid = false;
4038 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
4039 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
4040 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
4041 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E);
4042 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) {
4043 isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E);
4044 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) {
4045 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_openmp_default_simd_align_expr);
4047 } else if (E->refersToBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
4048 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) << 0;
4051 isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf);
4057 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) {
4058 PE = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
4059 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4063 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
4064 return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
4065 ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
4068 /// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c
4069 /// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
4070 /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
4072 Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4073 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType,
4074 void *TyOrEx, SourceRange ArgRange) {
4075 // If error parsing type, ignore.
4076 if (!TyOrEx) return ExprError();
4079 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4080 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo);
4081 return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange);
4084 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
4085 ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind);
4089 static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc,
4091 if (V.get()->isTypeDependent())
4092 return S.Context.DependentTy;
4094 // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values.
4095 if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) {
4096 V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.get());
4101 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
4102 if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
4103 return CT->getElementType();
4105 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
4106 if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4107 return V.get()->getType();
4109 // Test for placeholders.
4110 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get());
4111 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4112 if (PR.get() != V.get()) {
4114 return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal);
4117 // Reject anything else.
4118 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType()
4119 << (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
4126 Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4127 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) {
4128 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
4130 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
4131 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break;
4132 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break;
4135 // Since this might is a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
4136 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Input);
4137 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4138 Input = Result.get();
4140 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
4143 /// \brief Diagnose if arithmetic on the given ObjC pointer is illegal.
4145 /// \return true on error
4146 static bool checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(Sema &S,
4147 SourceLocation opLoc,
4149 assert(op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType());
4150 if (S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic() &&
4151 !S.LangOpts.ObjCSubscriptingLegacyRuntime)
4154 S.Diag(opLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4155 << op->getType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType()
4156 << op->getSourceRange();
4160 static bool isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(Sema &S, Expr *Base) {
4161 auto *BaseNoParens = Base->IgnoreParens();
4162 if (auto *MSProp = dyn_cast<MSPropertyRefExpr>(BaseNoParens))
4163 return MSProp->getPropertyDecl()->getType()->isArrayType();
4164 return isa<MSPropertySubscriptExpr>(BaseNoParens);
4168 Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *base, SourceLocation lbLoc,
4169 Expr *idx, SourceLocation rbLoc) {
4170 if (base && !base->getType().isNull() &&
4171 base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::OMPArraySection))
4172 return ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, SourceLocation(),
4173 /*Length=*/nullptr, rbLoc);
4175 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
4176 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(base)) {
4177 ExprResult result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, base);
4178 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4179 base = result.get();
4182 // Handle any non-overload placeholder types in the base and index
4183 // expressions. We can't handle overloads here because the other
4184 // operand might be an overloadable type, in which case the overload
4185 // resolution for the operator overload should get the first crack
4187 bool IsMSPropertySubscript = false;
4188 if (base->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4189 IsMSPropertySubscript = isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(*this, base);
4190 if (!IsMSPropertySubscript) {
4191 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(base);
4192 if (result.isInvalid())
4194 base = result.get();
4197 if (idx->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4198 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(idx);
4199 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4203 // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent.
4204 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4205 (base->isTypeDependent() || idx->isTypeDependent())) {
4206 return new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(base, idx, Context.DependentTy,
4207 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc);
4210 // MSDN, property (C++)
4211 // https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/yhfk0thd(v=vs.120).aspx
4212 // This attribute can also be used in the declaration of an empty array in a
4213 // class or structure definition. For example:
4214 // __declspec(property(get=GetX, put=PutX)) int x[];
4215 // The above statement indicates that x[] can be used with one or more array
4216 // indices. In this case, i=p->x[a][b] will be turned into i=p->GetX(a, b),
4217 // and p->x[a][b] = i will be turned into p->PutX(a, b, i);
4218 if (IsMSPropertySubscript) {
4219 // Build MS property subscript expression if base is MS property reference
4220 // or MS property subscript.
4221 return new (Context) MSPropertySubscriptExpr(
4222 base, idx, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc);
4225 // Use C++ overloaded-operator rules if either operand has record
4226 // type. The spec says to do this if either type is *overloadable*,
4227 // but enum types can't declare subscript operators or conversion
4228 // operators, so there's nothing interesting for overload resolution
4229 // to do if there aren't any record types involved.
4231 // ObjC pointers have their own subscripting logic that is not tied
4232 // to overload resolution and so should not take this path.
4233 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4234 (base->getType()->isRecordType() ||
4235 (!base->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
4236 idx->getType()->isRecordType()))) {
4237 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(lbLoc, rbLoc, base, idx);
4240 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, rbLoc);
4243 ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
4245 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Length,
4246 SourceLocation RBLoc) {
4247 if (Base->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4248 !Base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(
4249 BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) {
4250 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
4251 if (Result.isInvalid())
4253 Base = Result.get();
4255 if (LowerBound && LowerBound->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4256 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LowerBound);
4257 if (Result.isInvalid())
4259 Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get());
4260 if (Result.isInvalid())
4262 LowerBound = Result.get();
4264 if (Length && Length->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4265 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Length);
4266 if (Result.isInvalid())
4268 Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get());
4269 if (Result.isInvalid())
4271 Length = Result.get();
4274 // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent.
4275 if (Base->isTypeDependent() ||
4277 (LowerBound->isTypeDependent() || LowerBound->isValueDependent())) ||
4278 (Length && (Length->isTypeDependent() || Length->isValueDependent()))) {
4279 return new (Context)
4280 OMPArraySectionExpr(Base, LowerBound, Length, Context.DependentTy,
4281 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, ColonLoc, RBLoc);
4284 // Perform default conversions.
4285 QualType OriginalTy = OMPArraySectionExpr::getBaseOriginalType(Base);
4287 if (OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) {
4288 ResultTy = OriginalTy->getPointeeType();
4289 } else if (OriginalTy->isArrayType()) {
4290 ResultTy = OriginalTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4293 Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_value)
4294 << Base->getSourceRange());
4298 auto Res = PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(LowerBound->getExprLoc(),
4300 if (Res.isInvalid())
4301 return ExprError(Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(),
4302 diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer)
4303 << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange());
4304 LowerBound = Res.get();
4306 if (LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4307 LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4308 Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char)
4309 << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange();
4313 PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Length->getExprLoc(), Length);
4314 if (Res.isInvalid())
4315 return ExprError(Diag(Length->getExprLoc(),
4316 diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer)
4317 << 1 << Length->getSourceRange());
4320 if (Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4321 Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4322 Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char)
4323 << 1 << Length->getSourceRange();
4326 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
4327 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
4328 // type. Note that functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
4329 // incomplete types are not object types.
4330 if (ResultTy->isFunctionType()) {
4331 Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_function_type)
4332 << ResultTy << Base->getSourceRange();
4336 if (RequireCompleteType(Base->getExprLoc(), ResultTy,
4337 diag::err_omp_section_incomplete_type, Base))
4340 if (LowerBound && !OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) {
4341 llvm::APSInt LowerBoundValue;
4342 if (LowerBound->EvaluateAsInt(LowerBoundValue, Context)) {
4343 // OpenMP 4.5, [2.4 Array Sections]
4344 // The array section must be a subset of the original array.
4345 if (LowerBoundValue.isNegative()) {
4346 Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_not_subset_of_array)
4347 << LowerBound->getSourceRange();
4354 llvm::APSInt LengthValue;
4355 if (Length->EvaluateAsInt(LengthValue, Context)) {
4356 // OpenMP 4.5, [2.4 Array Sections]
4357 // The length must evaluate to non-negative integers.
4358 if (LengthValue.isNegative()) {
4359 Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_length_negative)
4360 << LengthValue.toString(/*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true)
4361 << Length->getSourceRange();
4365 } else if (ColonLoc.isValid() &&
4366 (OriginalTy.isNull() || (!OriginalTy->isConstantArrayType() &&
4367 !OriginalTy->isVariableArrayType()))) {
4368 // OpenMP 4.5, [2.4 Array Sections]
4369 // When the size of the array dimension is not known, the length must be
4370 // specified explicitly.
4371 Diag(ColonLoc, diag::err_omp_section_length_undefined)
4372 << (!OriginalTy.isNull() && OriginalTy->isArrayType());
4376 if (!Base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(
4377 BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) {
4378 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Base);
4379 if (Result.isInvalid())
4381 Base = Result.get();
4383 return new (Context)
4384 OMPArraySectionExpr(Base, LowerBound, Length, Context.OMPArraySectionTy,
4385 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, ColonLoc, RBLoc);
4389 Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4390 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
4391 Expr *LHSExp = Base;
4394 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
4395 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
4397 // Per C++ core issue 1213, the result is an xvalue if either operand is
4398 // a non-lvalue array, and an lvalue otherwise.
4399 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
4400 ((LHSExp->getType()->isArrayType() && !LHSExp->isLValue()) ||
4401 (RHSExp->getType()->isArrayType() && !RHSExp->isLValue())))
4404 // Perform default conversions.
4405 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4406 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
4407 if (Result.isInvalid())
4409 LHSExp = Result.get();
4411 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
4412 if (Result.isInvalid())
4414 RHSExp = Result.get();
4416 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
4418 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
4419 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
4420 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
4421 // and index from the expression types.
4422 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
4423 QualType ResultType;
4424 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
4427 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
4428 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4431 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4432 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
4433 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
4437 // Use custom logic if this should be the pseudo-object subscript
4439 if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic())
4440 return BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(RLoc, BaseExpr, IndexExpr, nullptr,
4443 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4444 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4445 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
4448 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4449 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
4450 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
4451 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
4454 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4455 if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) {
4456 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
4457 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4460 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4461 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
4463 VK = LHSExp->getValueKind();
4464 if (VK != VK_RValue)
4465 OK = OK_VectorComponent;
4467 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
4468 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
4469 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
4470 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
4471 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
4472 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
4473 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
4474 // force the promotion here.
4475 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
4476 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
4477 LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
4478 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
4479 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
4483 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4484 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
4485 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
4486 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
4487 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
4488 RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
4489 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
4490 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
4494 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4496 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
4497 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
4500 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
4501 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
4502 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
4504 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4505 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4506 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
4507 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
4509 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
4510 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
4511 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
4512 // incomplete types are not object types.
4513 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
4514 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
4515 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4519 if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4520 // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void
4521 Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type)
4522 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4524 // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values.
4525 // See IsCForbiddenLValueType.
4526 if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) VK = VK_RValue;
4527 } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
4528 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
4529 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type, BaseExpr))
4532 assert(VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus ||
4533 !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType());
4535 return new (Context)
4536 ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc);
4539 bool Sema::CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
4540 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
4541 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
4543 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
4544 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
4545 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
4546 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
4550 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
4551 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
4553 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext(
4554 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, Param);
4556 // Instantiate the expression.
4557 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList MutiLevelArgList
4558 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, nullptr, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
4560 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
4561 MutiLevelArgList.getInnermost());
4562 if (Inst.isInvalid())
4564 if (Inst.isAlreadyInstantiating()) {
4565 Diag(Param->getLocStart(), diag::err_recursive_default_argument) << FD;
4566 Param->setInvalidDecl();
4572 // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p5:
4573 // The names in the [default argument] expression are bound, and
4574 // the semantic constraints are checked, at the point where the
4575 // default argument expression appears.
4576 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, FD);
4577 LocalInstantiationScope Local(*this);
4578 Result = SubstInitializer(UninstExpr, MutiLevelArgList,
4579 /*DirectInit*/false);
4581 if (Result.isInvalid())
4584 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
4585 InitializedEntity Entity
4586 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param);
4587 InitializationKind Kind
4588 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
4589 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getLocStart());
4590 Expr *ResultE = Result.getAs<Expr>();
4592 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
4593 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
4594 if (Result.isInvalid())
4597 Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Result.getAs<Expr>(),
4598 Param->getOuterLocStart());
4599 if (Result.isInvalid())
4602 // Remember the instantiated default argument.
4603 Param->setDefaultArg(Result.getAs<Expr>());
4604 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) {
4605 L->DefaultArgumentInstantiated(Param);
4609 // If the default argument expression is not set yet, we are building it now.
4610 if (!Param->hasInit()) {
4611 Diag(Param->getLocStart(), diag::err_recursive_default_argument) << FD;
4612 Param->setInvalidDecl();
4616 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
4617 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
4618 // be properly destroyed.
4619 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
4620 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
4621 // We don't need to do that with block decls, though, because
4622 // blocks in default argument expression can never capture anything.
4623 if (auto Init = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())) {
4624 // Set the "needs cleanups" bit regardless of whether there are
4625 // any explicit objects.
4626 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(Init->cleanupsHaveSideEffects());
4628 // Append all the objects to the cleanup list. Right now, this
4629 // should always be a no-op, because blocks in default argument
4630 // expressions should never be able to capture anything.
4631 assert(!Init->getNumObjects() &&
4632 "default argument expression has capturing blocks?");
4635 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
4636 // Just mark all of the declarations in this potentially-evaluated expression
4637 // as being "referenced".
4638 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Param->getDefaultArg(),
4639 /*SkipLocalVariables=*/true);
4643 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4644 FunctionDecl *FD, ParmVarDecl *Param) {
4645 if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FD, Param))
4647 return CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param);
4650 Sema::VariadicCallType
4651 Sema::getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4653 if (Proto && Proto->isVariadic()) {
4654 if (dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(FDecl))
4655 return VariadicConstructor;
4656 else if (Fn && Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
4657 return VariadicBlock;
4659 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
4660 if (Method->isInstance())
4661 return VariadicMethod;
4662 } else if (Fn && Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy)
4663 return VariadicMethod;
4664 return VariadicFunction;
4666 return VariadicDoesNotApply;
4670 class FunctionCallCCC : public FunctionCallFilterCCC {
4672 FunctionCallCCC(Sema &SemaRef, const IdentifierInfo *FuncName,
4673 unsigned NumArgs, MemberExpr *ME)
4674 : FunctionCallFilterCCC(SemaRef, NumArgs, false, ME),
4675 FunctionName(FuncName) {}
4677 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
4678 if (!candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier() ||
4679 candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != FunctionName) {
4683 return FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(candidate);
4687 const IdentifierInfo *const FunctionName;
4691 static TypoCorrection TryTypoCorrectionForCall(Sema &S, Expr *Fn,
4692 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4693 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
4694 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn);
4695 DeclarationName FuncName = FDecl->getDeclName();
4696 SourceLocation NameLoc = ME ? ME->getMemberLoc() : Fn->getLocStart();
4698 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = S.CorrectTypo(
4699 DeclarationNameInfo(FuncName, NameLoc), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
4700 S.getScopeForContext(S.CurContext), nullptr,
4701 llvm::make_unique<FunctionCallCCC>(S, FuncName.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4703 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
4704 if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl()) {
4705 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
4706 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(NameLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
4707 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
4708 for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) {
4709 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD))
4710 S.AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), Args,
4713 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(S, NameLoc, Best)) {
4715 ND = Best->FoundDecl;
4716 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
4722 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
4723 if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4727 return TypoCorrection();
4730 /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
4731 /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
4732 /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
4733 /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
4734 /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
4735 /// true if the call is ill-formed.
4737 Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
4738 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4739 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4740 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4741 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4742 bool IsExecConfig) {
4743 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
4745 if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
4746 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID))
4749 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
4750 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
4751 unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
4752 bool Invalid = false;
4753 unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumParams;
4754 unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
4756 : (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */
4757 : 0 /* function */);
4759 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
4760 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
4761 if (Args.size() < NumParams) {
4762 if (Args.size() < MinArgs) {
4764 if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) {
4766 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4767 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_suggest
4768 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_suggest;
4769 diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << MinArgs
4770 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4771 << TC.getCorrectionRange());
4772 } else if (MinArgs == 1 && FDecl && FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
4774 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4775 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_one
4776 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_one)
4777 << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) << Fn->getSourceRange();
4779 Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4780 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args
4781 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
4782 << FnKind << MinArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4783 << Fn->getSourceRange();
4785 // Emit the location of the prototype.
4786 if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
4787 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
4792 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumParams);
4795 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
4797 if (Args.size() > NumParams) {
4798 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
4800 if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) {
4802 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4803 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_suggest
4804 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_suggest;
4805 diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << NumParams
4806 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4807 << TC.getCorrectionRange());
4808 } else if (NumParams == 1 && FDecl &&
4809 FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
4810 Diag(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4811 MinArgs == NumParams
4812 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_one
4813 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_one)
4814 << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0)
4815 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) << Fn->getSourceRange()
4816 << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4817 Args.back()->getLocEnd());
4819 Diag(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4820 MinArgs == NumParams
4821 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args
4822 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
4823 << FnKind << NumParams << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4824 << Fn->getSourceRange()
4825 << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4826 Args.back()->getLocEnd());
4828 // Emit the location of the prototype.
4829 if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
4830 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
4833 // This deletes the extra arguments.
4834 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumParams);
4838 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
4839 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, Fn);
4841 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getLocStart(), FDecl,
4842 Proto, 0, Args, AllArgs, CallType);
4845 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
4846 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
4847 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
4852 bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4853 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4854 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4855 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
4856 VariadicCallType CallType, bool AllowExplicit,
4857 bool IsListInitialization) {
4858 unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
4859 bool Invalid = false;
4861 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
4862 for (unsigned i = FirstParam; i < NumParams; i++) {
4863 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getParamType(i);
4866 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl ? FDecl->getParamDecl(i) : nullptr;
4867 if (ArgIx < Args.size()) {
4868 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
4870 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
4872 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
4875 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
4876 bool CFAudited = false;
4877 if (Arg->getType() == Context.ARCUnbridgedCastTy &&
4878 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
4879 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
4880 Arg = stripARCUnbridgedCast(Arg);
4881 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4882 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
4883 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
4886 InitializedEntity Entity =
4887 Param ? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param,
4889 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
4890 Context, ProtoArgType, Proto->isParamConsumed(i));
4892 // Remember that parameter belongs to a CF audited API.
4894 Entity.setParameterCFAudited();
4896 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(
4897 Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg, IsListInitialization, AllowExplicit);
4898 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
4901 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
4903 assert(Param && "can't use default arguments without a known callee");
4905 ExprResult ArgExpr =
4906 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
4907 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
4910 Arg = ArgExpr.getAs<Expr>();
4913 // Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This
4914 // check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr
4915 // with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator.
4916 CheckArrayAccess(Arg);
4918 // Check for violations of C99 static array rules (C99 6.7.5.3p7).
4919 CheckStaticArrayArgument(CallLoc, Param, Arg);
4921 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
4924 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
4925 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
4926 // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that
4927 // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic.
4928 if (Proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && FDecl &&
4929 FDecl->isExternC()) {
4930 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) {
4931 QualType paramType; // ignored
4932 ExprResult arg = checkUnknownAnyArg(CallLoc, A, paramType);
4933 Invalid |= arg.isInvalid();
4934 AllArgs.push_back(arg.get());
4937 // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
4939 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) {
4940 ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(A, CallType, FDecl);
4941 Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid();
4942 AllArgs.push_back(Arg.get());
4946 // Check for array bounds violations.
4947 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx))
4948 CheckArrayAccess(A);
4953 static void DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *PVD) {
4954 TypeLoc TL = PVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
4955 if (DecayedTypeLoc DTL = TL.getAs<DecayedTypeLoc>())
4956 TL = DTL.getOriginalLoc();
4957 if (ArrayTypeLoc ATL = TL.getAs<ArrayTypeLoc>())
4958 S.Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_static_array)
4959 << ATL.getLocalSourceRange();
4962 /// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static
4963 /// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by
4964 /// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large.
4966 /// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of the
4967 /// array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value of the
4968 /// corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first element of
4969 /// an array with at least as many elements as specified by the size expression.
4971 Sema::CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4973 const Expr *ArgExpr) {
4974 // Static array parameters are not supported in C++.
4975 if (!Param || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4978 QualType OrigTy = Param->getOriginalType();
4980 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy);
4981 if (!AT || AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Static)
4984 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4985 Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) {
4986 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
4987 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
4991 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
4995 const ConstantArrayType *ArgCAT =
4996 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType());
5000 if (ArgCAT->getSize().ult(CAT->getSize())) {
5001 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small)
5002 << ArgExpr->getSourceRange()
5003 << (unsigned) ArgCAT->getSize().getZExtValue()
5004 << (unsigned) CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
5005 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
5009 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
5010 /// to have a function type.
5011 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn);
5013 /// Is the given type a placeholder that we need to lower out
5014 /// immediately during argument processing?
5015 static bool isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(QualType type) {
5016 // Placeholders are never sugared.
5017 const BuiltinType *placeholder = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(type);
5018 if (!placeholder) return false;
5020 switch (placeholder->getKind()) {
5021 // Ignore all the non-placeholder types.
5022 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
5023 case BuiltinType::Id:
5024 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
5025 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID)
5026 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) case BuiltinType::ID:
5027 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
5030 // We cannot lower out overload sets; they might validly be resolved
5031 // by the call machinery.
5032 case BuiltinType::Overload:
5035 // Unbridged casts in ARC can be handled in some call positions and
5036 // should be left in place.
5037 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast:
5040 // Pseudo-objects should be converted as soon as possible.
5041 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
5044 // The debugger mode could theoretically but currently does not try
5045 // to resolve unknown-typed arguments based on known parameter types.
5046 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
5049 // These are always invalid as call arguments and should be reported.
5050 case BuiltinType::BoundMember:
5051 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn:
5052 case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection:
5056 llvm_unreachable("bad builtin type kind");
5059 /// Check an argument list for placeholders that we won't try to
5061 static bool checkArgsForPlaceholders(Sema &S, MultiExprArg args) {
5062 // Apply this processing to all the arguments at once instead of
5063 // dying at the first failure.
5064 bool hasInvalid = false;
5065 for (size_t i = 0, e = args.size(); i != e; i++) {
5066 if (isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(args[i]->getType())) {
5067 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(args[i]);
5068 if (result.isInvalid()) hasInvalid = true;
5069 else args[i] = result.get();
5070 } else if (hasInvalid) {
5071 (void)S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(args[i]);
5077 /// If a builtin function has a pointer argument with no explicit address
5078 /// space, then it should be able to accept a pointer to any address
5079 /// space as input. In order to do this, we need to replace the
5080 /// standard builtin declaration with one that uses the same address space
5083 /// \returns nullptr If this builtin is not a candidate for a rewrite i.e.
5084 /// it does not contain any pointer arguments without
5085 /// an address space qualifer. Otherwise the rewritten
5086 /// FunctionDecl is returned.
5087 /// TODO: Handle pointer return types.
5088 static FunctionDecl *rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(Sema *Sema, ASTContext &Context,
5089 const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
5090 MultiExprArg ArgExprs) {
5092 QualType DeclType = FDecl->getType();
5093 const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(DeclType);
5095 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.hasPtrArgsOrResult(FDecl->getBuiltinID()) ||
5096 !FT || FT->isVariadic() || ArgExprs.size() != FT->getNumParams())
5099 bool NeedsNewDecl = false;
5101 SmallVector<QualType, 8> OverloadParams;
5103 for (QualType ParamType : FT->param_types()) {
5105 // Convert array arguments to pointer to simplify type lookup.
5107 Sema->DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ArgExprs[i++]);
5108 if (ArgRes.isInvalid())
5110 Expr *Arg = ArgRes.get();
5111 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
5112 if (!ParamType->isPointerType() ||
5113 ParamType.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() ||
5114 !ArgType->isPointerType() ||
5115 !ArgType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
5116 OverloadParams.push_back(ParamType);
5120 NeedsNewDecl = true;
5121 unsigned AS = ArgType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
5123 QualType PointeeType = ParamType->getPointeeType();
5124 PointeeType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(PointeeType, AS);
5125 OverloadParams.push_back(Context.getPointerType(PointeeType));
5131 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5132 QualType OverloadTy = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(),
5133 OverloadParams, EPI);
5134 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
5135 FunctionDecl *OverloadDecl = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent,
5136 FDecl->getLocation(),
5137 FDecl->getLocation(),
5138 FDecl->getIdentifier(),
5142 /*hasPrototype=*/true);
5143 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5144 FT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OverloadTy);
5145 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
5146 QualType ParamType = FT->getParamType(i);
5148 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, OverloadDecl, SourceLocation(),
5149 SourceLocation(), nullptr, ParamType,
5150 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr);
5151 Parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
5152 Params.push_back(Parm);
5154 OverloadDecl->setParams(Params);
5155 return OverloadDecl;
5158 static void checkDirectCallValidity(Sema &S, const Expr *Fn,
5159 FunctionDecl *Callee,
5160 MultiExprArg ArgExprs) {
5161 // `Callee` (when called with ArgExprs) may be ill-formed. enable_if (and
5162 // similar attributes) really don't like it when functions are called with an
5163 // invalid number of args.
5164 if (S.TooManyArguments(Callee->getNumParams(), ArgExprs.size(),
5165 /*PartialOverloading=*/false) &&
5166 !Callee->isVariadic())
5168 if (Callee->getMinRequiredArguments() > ArgExprs.size())
5171 if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = S.CheckEnableIf(Callee, ArgExprs, true)) {
5172 S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
5173 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee)
5174 ? diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call
5175 : diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
5176 << Callee << Callee->getSourceRange();
5177 S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(),
5178 diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr)
5179 << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage();
5184 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
5185 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
5187 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5188 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5189 Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig) {
5190 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
5191 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope, Fn);
5192 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5195 if (checkArgsForPlaceholders(*this, ArgExprs))
5198 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5199 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
5200 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
5201 if (!ArgExprs.empty()) {
5202 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
5203 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
5204 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5205 SourceRange(ArgExprs.front()->getLocStart(),
5206 ArgExprs.back()->getLocEnd()));
5209 return new (Context)
5210 CallExpr(Context, Fn, None, Context.VoidTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5212 if (Fn->getType() == Context.PseudoObjectTy) {
5213 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Fn);
5214 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5218 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
5219 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
5220 bool Dependent = false;
5221 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
5223 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))
5228 return new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(
5229 Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), ArgExprs,
5230 Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5232 return new (Context) CallExpr(
5233 Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5237 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
5238 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
5239 return BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
5242 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
5243 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
5244 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5248 if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
5249 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
5254 // Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions.
5255 if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
5256 OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn);
5258 // We aren't supposed to apply this logic if there's an '&' involved.
5259 if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) {
5260 if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))
5261 return new (Context) CallExpr(
5262 Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5263 OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression;
5264 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl))
5265 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(
5266 Scope, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, ExecConfig,
5267 /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/true, find.IsAddressOfOperand);
5268 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
5273 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
5274 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
5275 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
5276 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5280 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
5282 bool CallingNDeclIndirectly = false;
5283 NamedDecl *NDecl = nullptr;
5284 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
5285 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) {
5286 CallingNDeclIndirectly = true;
5287 NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
5291 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) {
5292 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
5294 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
5295 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
5296 // Rewrite the function decl for this builtin by replacing parameters
5297 // with no explicit address space with the address space of the arguments
5300 rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(this, Context, FDecl, ArgExprs))) {
5302 Fn = DeclRefExpr::Create(
5303 Context, FDecl->getQualifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), FDecl, false,
5304 SourceLocation(), FDecl->getType(), Fn->getValueKind(), FDecl);
5307 } else if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
5308 NDecl = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)->getMemberDecl();
5310 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl)) {
5311 if (CallingNDeclIndirectly &&
5312 !checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true,
5316 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(*FD, *Fn))
5319 checkDirectCallValidity(*this, Fn, FD, ArgExprs);
5322 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc,
5323 ExecConfig, IsExecConfig);
5326 /// ActOnAsTypeExpr - create a new asType (bitcast) from the arguments.
5328 /// __builtin_astype( value, dst type )
5330 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
5331 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5332 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5333 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
5334 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
5335 QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy);
5336 QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
5337 if (Context.getTypeSize(DstTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
5338 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
5339 diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size)
5342 << E->getSourceRange());
5343 return new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
5346 /// ActOnConvertVectorExpr - create a new convert-vector expression from the
5347 /// provided arguments.
5349 /// __builtin_convertvector( value, dst type )
5351 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
5352 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5353 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5354 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5355 GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy, &TInfo);
5356 return SemaConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
5359 /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
5360 /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
5361 /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
5362 /// block-pointer type.
5364 /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
5366 Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
5367 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5368 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5369 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5370 Expr *Config, bool IsExecConfig) {
5371 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
5372 unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0);
5374 // Functions with 'interrupt' attribute cannot be called directly.
5375 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) {
5376 Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_called);
5380 // Interrupt handlers don't save off the VFP regs automatically on ARM,
5381 // so there's some risk when calling out to non-interrupt handler functions
5382 // that the callee might not preserve them. This is easy to diagnose here,
5383 // but can be very challenging to debug.
5384 if (auto *Caller = getCurFunctionDecl())
5385 if (Caller->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>()) {
5386 bool VFP = Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("vfp");
5387 if (VFP && (!FDecl || !FDecl->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>()))
5388 Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arm_interrupt_calling_convention);
5391 // Promote the function operand.
5392 // We special-case function promotion here because we only allow promoting
5393 // builtin functions to function pointers in the callee of a call.
5396 Fn->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BuiltinFn)) {
5397 Result = ImpCastExprToType(Fn, Context.getPointerType(FDecl->getType()),
5398 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
5400 Result = CallExprUnaryConversions(Fn);
5402 if (Result.isInvalid())
5406 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
5407 // of arguments and function on error.
5410 TheCall = new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(Context, Fn,
5411 cast<CallExpr>(Config), Args,
5412 Context.BoolTy, VK_RValue,
5415 TheCall = new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, Context.BoolTy,
5416 VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5418 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5419 // C cannot always handle TypoExpr nodes in builtin calls and direct
5420 // function calls as their argument checking don't necessarily handle
5421 // dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have been
5423 ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(TheCall);
5424 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
5425 TheCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Result.get());
5426 if (!TheCall) return Result;
5427 Args = llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs());
5430 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
5431 if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID))
5432 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall);
5435 const FunctionType *FuncT;
5436 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5437 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
5438 // have type pointer to function".
5439 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5441 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
5442 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5443 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT =
5444 Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
5445 FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
5447 // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type.
5448 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
5449 ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
5450 if (rewrite.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5452 TheCall->setCallee(Fn);
5456 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
5457 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5460 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5462 // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions
5463 if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
5464 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function)
5465 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5467 // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type
5468 if (!FuncT->getReturnType()->isVoidType())
5469 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return)
5470 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5472 // CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured
5473 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
5474 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config)
5475 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5479 // Check for a valid return type
5480 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getReturnType(), Fn->getLocStart(), TheCall,
5484 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
5485 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context));
5486 TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getReturnType()));
5488 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT);
5490 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, RParenLoc,
5494 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
5497 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
5498 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
5499 const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
5500 if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && Args.size() != Def->param_size()) {
5501 Proto = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5502 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && Args.size() >= Def->param_size()))
5503 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
5504 << (Args.size() > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
5507 // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have
5508 // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype.
5509 if (!FDecl->hasPrototype())
5510 Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5513 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
5514 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) {
5515 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
5517 if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumParams()) {
5518 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5519 Context, Proto->getParamType(i), Proto->isParamConsumed(i));
5521 PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
5522 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
5525 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
5528 ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
5530 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
5533 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
5536 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
5538 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
5541 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
5545 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
5546 if (!Method->isStatic())
5547 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
5548 << Fn->getSourceRange());
5550 // Check for sentinels
5552 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args);
5554 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
5556 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall, Proto))
5560 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall);
5562 if (CheckPointerCall(NDecl, TheCall, Proto))
5565 if (CheckOtherCall(TheCall, Proto))
5569 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
5573 Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty,
5574 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) {
5575 assert(Ty && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
5576 assert(InitExpr && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
5578 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5579 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
5581 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
5583 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr);
5587 Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5588 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) {
5589 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
5591 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
5592 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType),
5593 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type,
5594 SourceRange(LParenLoc,
5595 LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
5597 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
5598 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
5599 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
5600 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
5601 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
5602 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
5603 SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
5606 InitializedEntity Entity
5607 = InitializedEntity::InitializeCompoundLiteralInit(TInfo);
5608 InitializationKind Kind
5609 = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc,
5610 SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
5612 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr);
5613 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr,
5615 if (Result.isInvalid())
5617 LiteralExpr = Result.get();
5619 bool isFileScope = !CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod();
5621 !LiteralExpr->isTypeDependent() &&
5622 !LiteralExpr->isValueDependent() &&
5623 !literalType->isDependentType()) { // 6.5.2.5p3
5624 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(LiteralExpr, literalType))
5628 // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason.
5629 // For GCC compatibility, in C++, file-scope array compound literals with
5630 // constant initializers are also l-values, and compound literals are
5631 // otherwise prvalues.
5633 // (GCC also treats C++ list-initialized file-scope array prvalues with
5634 // constant initializers as l-values, but that's non-conforming, so we don't
5635 // follow it there.)
5637 // FIXME: It would be better to handle the lvalue cases as materializing and
5638 // lifetime-extending a temporary object, but our materialized temporaries
5639 // representation only supports lifetime extension from a variable, not "out
5641 // FIXME: For C++, we might want to instead lifetime-extend only if a pointer
5642 // is bound to the result of applying array-to-pointer decay to the compound
5644 // FIXME: GCC supports compound literals of reference type, which should
5645 // obviously have a value kind derived from the kind of reference involved.
5647 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !(isFileScope && literalType->isArrayType()))
5651 return MaybeBindToTemporary(
5652 new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
5653 VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope));
5657 Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList,
5658 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
5659 // Immediately handle non-overload placeholders. Overloads can be
5660 // resolved contextually, but everything else here can't.
5661 for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) {
5662 if (InitArgList[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
5663 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(InitArgList[I]);
5665 // Ignore failures; dropping the entire initializer list because
5666 // of one failure would be terrible for indexing/etc.
5667 if (result.isInvalid()) continue;
5669 InitArgList[I] = result.get();
5673 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
5674 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
5676 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitArgList,
5678 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
5682 /// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC.
5683 void Sema::maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E) {
5684 assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType());
5685 assert(E.get()->isRValue());
5687 // Only do this in an r-value context.
5688 if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return;
5690 E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E.get()->getType(),
5691 CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, E.get(),
5692 /*base path*/ nullptr, VK_RValue);
5693 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
5696 /// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object
5698 CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) {
5699 QualType type = E.get()->getType();
5700 if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5702 } else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) {
5703 maybeExtendBlockObject(E);
5704 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5706 assert(type->isPointerType());
5707 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5711 /// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages
5712 /// except the final cast and returning the kind required.
5713 CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) {
5714 // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer.
5715 // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with
5716 // pointers. Everything else should be possible.
5718 QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType();
5719 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
5722 switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5723 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5724 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5726 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5727 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5728 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5729 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5730 case Type::STK_CPointer: {
5731 unsigned SrcAS = SrcTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
5732 unsigned DestAS = DestTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
5733 if (SrcAS != DestAS)
5734 return CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
5737 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5738 return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer
5739 ? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
5740 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5741 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer)
5743 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer)
5744 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5745 maybeExtendBlockObject(Src);
5746 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5747 case Type::STK_Bool:
5748 return CK_PointerToBoolean;
5749 case Type::STK_Integral:
5750 return CK_PointerToIntegral;
5751 case Type::STK_Floating:
5752 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5753 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5754 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5755 llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer");
5757 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5759 case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer
5760 case Type::STK_Integral:
5761 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5762 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5763 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5764 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5765 if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5766 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
5767 return CK_NullToPointer;
5768 return CK_IntegralToPointer;
5769 case Type::STK_Bool:
5770 return CK_IntegralToBoolean;
5771 case Type::STK_Integral:
5772 return CK_IntegralCast;
5773 case Type::STK_Floating:
5774 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
5775 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5776 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5777 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5779 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
5780 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5781 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5782 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5783 CK_IntegralToFloating);
5784 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
5785 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5786 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5788 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5790 case Type::STK_Floating:
5791 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5792 case Type::STK_Floating:
5793 return CK_FloatingCast;
5794 case Type::STK_Bool:
5795 return CK_FloatingToBoolean;
5796 case Type::STK_Integral:
5797 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
5798 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5799 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5800 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5802 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
5803 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5804 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5805 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5806 CK_FloatingToIntegral);
5807 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
5808 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5809 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5810 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5811 llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?");
5812 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5813 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5815 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5817 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5818 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5819 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5820 return CK_FloatingComplexCast;
5821 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5822 return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
5823 case Type::STK_Floating: {
5824 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
5825 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
5826 return CK_FloatingComplexToReal;
5827 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
5828 return CK_FloatingCast;
5830 case Type::STK_Bool:
5831 return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean;
5832 case Type::STK_Integral:
5833 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5834 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5835 CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
5836 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
5837 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5838 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5839 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5840 llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?");
5841 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5842 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5844 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5846 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5847 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5848 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5849 return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
5850 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5851 return CK_IntegralComplexCast;
5852 case Type::STK_Integral: {
5853 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
5854 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
5855 return CK_IntegralComplexToReal;
5856 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
5857 return CK_IntegralCast;
5859 case Type::STK_Bool:
5860 return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean;
5861 case Type::STK_Floating:
5862 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5863 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5864 CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
5865 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
5866 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5867 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5868 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5869 llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?");
5870 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5871 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5873 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5876 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast");
5879 static bool breakDownVectorType(QualType type, uint64_t &len,
5880 QualType &eltType) {
5881 // Vectors are simple.
5882 if (const VectorType *vecType = type->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5883 len = vecType->getNumElements();
5884 eltType = vecType->getElementType();
5885 assert(eltType->isScalarType());
5889 // We allow lax conversion to and from non-vector types, but only if
5890 // they're real types (i.e. non-complex, non-pointer scalar types).
5891 if (!type->isRealType()) return false;
5898 /// Are the two types lax-compatible vector types? That is, given
5899 /// that one of them is a vector, do they have equal storage sizes,
5900 /// where the storage size is the number of elements times the element
5903 /// This will also return false if either of the types is neither a
5904 /// vector nor a real type.
5905 bool Sema::areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
5906 assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType());
5908 // Disallow lax conversions between scalars and ExtVectors (these
5909 // conversions are allowed for other vector types because common headers
5910 // depend on them). Most scalar OP ExtVector cases are handled by the
5911 // splat path anyway, which does what we want (convert, not bitcast).
5912 // What this rules out for ExtVectors is crazy things like char4*float.
5913 if (srcTy->isScalarType() && destTy->isExtVectorType()) return false;
5914 if (destTy->isScalarType() && srcTy->isExtVectorType()) return false;
5916 uint64_t srcLen, destLen;
5917 QualType srcEltTy, destEltTy;
5918 if (!breakDownVectorType(srcTy, srcLen, srcEltTy)) return false;
5919 if (!breakDownVectorType(destTy, destLen, destEltTy)) return false;
5921 // ASTContext::getTypeSize will return the size rounded up to a
5922 // power of 2, so instead of using that, we need to use the raw
5923 // element size multiplied by the element count.
5924 uint64_t srcEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(srcEltTy);
5925 uint64_t destEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(destEltTy);
5927 return (srcLen * srcEltSize == destLen * destEltSize);
5930 /// Is this a legal conversion between two types, one of which is
5931 /// known to be a vector type?
5932 bool Sema::isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
5933 assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType());
5935 if (!Context.getLangOpts().LaxVectorConversions)
5937 return areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(srcTy, destTy);
5940 bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
5942 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
5944 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegralType(Context)) {
5945 if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(Ty, VectorTy))
5946 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5947 Ty->isVectorType() ?
5948 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
5949 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
5950 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
5952 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5953 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
5954 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
5960 ExprResult Sema::prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr) {
5961 QualType DestElemTy = VectorTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
5963 if (DestElemTy == SplattedExpr->getType())
5964 return SplattedExpr;
5966 assert(DestElemTy->isFloatingType() ||
5967 DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
5970 if (VectorTy->isExtVectorType() && SplattedExpr->getType()->isBooleanType()) {
5971 // OpenCL requires that we convert `true` boolean expressions to -1, but
5972 // only when splatting vectors.
5973 if (DestElemTy->isFloatingType()) {
5974 // To avoid having to have a CK_BooleanToSignedFloating cast kind, we cast
5975 // in two steps: boolean to signed integral, then to floating.
5976 ExprResult CastExprRes = ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, Context.IntTy,
5977 CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral);
5978 SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get();
5979 CK = CK_IntegralToFloating;
5981 CK = CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral;
5984 ExprResult CastExprRes = SplattedExpr;
5985 CK = PrepareScalarCast(CastExprRes, DestElemTy);
5986 if (CastExprRes.isInvalid())
5988 SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get();
5990 return ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, DestElemTy, CK);
5993 ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy,
5994 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) {
5995 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
5997 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
5999 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
6000 // an ExtVectorType.
6001 // In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed.
6002 // (See OpenCL 6.2).
6003 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
6004 if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(SrcTy, DestTy)
6005 || (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
6006 (DestTy.getCanonicalType() != SrcTy.getCanonicalType()))) {
6007 Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
6008 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
6015 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
6016 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
6017 // splat from elt type to vector.
6018 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
6019 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
6020 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
6021 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
6023 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
6024 return prepareVectorSplat(DestTy, CastExpr);
6028 Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6029 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
6030 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) {
6031 assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) &&
6032 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
6034 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, CastExpr->getType());
6035 if (D.isInvalidType())
6038 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6039 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
6040 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
6042 // Make sure any TypoExprs have been dealt with.
6043 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CastExpr);
6044 if (!Res.isUsable())
6046 CastExpr = Res.get();
6049 checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D);
6051 QualType castType = castTInfo->getType();
6052 Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo);
6054 bool isVectorLiteral = false;
6056 // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal,
6057 // i.e. all the elements are integer constants.
6058 ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(CastExpr);
6059 ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr);
6060 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector || getLangOpts().OpenCL)
6061 && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) {
6062 if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
6063 Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
6066 if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) {
6067 Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0));
6068 if (!E->getType()->isVectorType())
6069 isVectorLiteral = true;
6072 isVectorLiteral = true;
6075 // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
6076 // then handle it as such.
6077 if (isVectorLiteral)
6078 return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, CastExpr, castTInfo);
6080 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
6081 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
6082 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
6083 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr)) {
6084 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, CastExpr);
6085 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6086 CastExpr = Result.get();
6089 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !castType->isVoidType() &&
6090 !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(LParenLoc))
6091 Diag(LParenLoc, diag::warn_old_style_cast) << CastExpr->getSourceRange();
6093 CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(castType, CastExpr);
6095 CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(castType, CastExpr);
6097 DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(castType.getTypePtr(), CastExpr);
6099 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, CastExpr);
6102 ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6103 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
6104 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
6105 assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) &&
6106 "Expected paren or paren list expression");
6111 SourceLocation LiteralLParenLoc, LiteralRParenLoc;
6112 if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) {
6113 LiteralLParenLoc = PE->getLParenLoc();
6114 LiteralRParenLoc = PE->getRParenLoc();
6115 exprs = PE->getExprs();
6116 numExprs = PE->getNumExprs();
6117 } else { // isa<ParenExpr> by assertion at function entrance
6118 LiteralLParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getLParen();
6119 LiteralRParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getRParen();
6120 subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
6125 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
6126 assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type");
6128 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
6129 const VectorType *VTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>();
6130 unsigned numElems = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
6132 // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of
6133 // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector.
6134 // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be
6135 // replicated to all the components of the vector
6136 if (VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector) {
6137 // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the
6138 // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will
6139 // be replicated to all the components of the vector
6140 if (numExprs == 1) {
6141 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
6142 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
6143 if (Literal.isInvalid())
6145 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy,
6146 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
6147 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get());
6149 else if (numExprs < numElems) {
6150 Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
6151 diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers);
6155 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
6158 // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value,
6159 // it will be replicated to all components of the vector.
6160 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
6161 VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector &&
6163 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
6164 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
6165 if (Literal.isInvalid())
6167 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy,
6168 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
6169 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get());
6172 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
6174 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
6175 // braces instead of the original commas.
6176 InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LiteralLParenLoc,
6177 initExprs, LiteralRParenLoc);
6179 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE);
6182 /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn
6183 /// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators.
6185 Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) {
6186 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(OrigExpr);
6190 ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0));
6192 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
6193 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(),
6196 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6198 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get());
6201 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
6204 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, Val, R);
6208 /// \brief Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer
6209 /// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is
6211 bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
6212 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6213 Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr;
6214 Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr;
6215 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
6216 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6217 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
6219 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) {
6221 NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr;
6223 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6224 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
6227 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull)
6230 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression)
6233 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
6234 // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL"
6235 // string in the source code.
6236 NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6237 SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc();
6238 if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL"))
6242 int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr);
6243 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null)
6244 << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType
6245 << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
6249 /// \brief Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise.
6250 static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, Expr *Cond, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6251 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
6253 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i says the condition cannot be a floating point type.
6254 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isFloatingType()) {
6255 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat)
6256 << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange();
6261 if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false;
6263 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
6264 << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange();
6268 /// \brief Handle when one or both operands are void type.
6269 static QualType checkConditionalVoidType(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6271 Expr *LHSExpr = LHS.get();
6272 Expr *RHSExpr = RHS.get();
6274 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
6275 S.Diag(RHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
6276 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
6277 if (!RHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
6278 S.Diag(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
6279 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange();
6280 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
6281 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
6282 return S.Context.VoidTy;
6285 /// \brief Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy,
6287 static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr,
6288 QualType PointerTy) {
6289 if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) ||
6290 !NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
6291 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
6294 NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(NullExpr.get(), PointerTy, CK_NullToPointer);
6298 /// \brief Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting
6300 static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6302 SourceLocation Loc) {
6303 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6304 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6306 if (S.Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
6307 // Two identical pointers types are always compatible.
6311 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
6313 // Get the pointee types.
6314 bool IsBlockPointer = false;
6315 if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
6316 lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType();
6317 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6318 IsBlockPointer = true;
6320 lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6321 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6324 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types or to
6325 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
6326 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the composite
6329 // Only CVR-qualifiers exist in the standard, and the differently-qualified
6330 // clause doesn't make sense for our extensions. E.g. address space 2 should
6331 // be incompatible with address space 3: they may live on different devices or
6333 Qualifiers lhQual = lhptee.getQualifiers();
6334 Qualifiers rhQual = rhptee.getQualifiers();
6336 unsigned ResultAddrSpace = 0;
6337 unsigned LAddrSpace = lhQual.getAddressSpace();
6338 unsigned RAddrSpace = rhQual.getAddressSpace();
6339 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6340 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5 - Conversion between pointers to distinct address
6341 // spaces is disallowed.
6342 if (lhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhQual))
6343 ResultAddrSpace = LAddrSpace;
6344 else if (rhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(lhQual))
6345 ResultAddrSpace = RAddrSpace;
6348 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
6349 << LHSTy << RHSTy << 2 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6350 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6355 unsigned MergedCVRQual = lhQual.getCVRQualifiers() | rhQual.getCVRQualifiers();
6356 auto LHSCastKind = CK_BitCast, RHSCastKind = CK_BitCast;
6357 lhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
6358 rhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
6360 // OpenCL v2.0 specification doesn't extend compatibility of type qualifiers
6361 // (C99 6.7.3) for address spaces. We assume that the check should behave in
6362 // the same manner as it's defined for CVR qualifiers, so for OpenCL two
6363 // qual types are compatible iff
6364 // * corresponded types are compatible
6365 // * CVR qualifiers are equal
6366 // * address spaces are equal
6367 // Thus for conditional operator we merge CVR and address space unqualified
6368 // pointees and if there is a composite type we return a pointer to it with
6369 // merged qualifiers.
6370 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6371 LHSCastKind = LAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace
6373 : CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
6374 RHSCastKind = RAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace
6376 : CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
6377 lhQual.removeAddressSpace();
6378 rhQual.removeAddressSpace();
6381 lhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), lhQual);
6382 rhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), rhQual);
6384 QualType CompositeTy = S.Context.mergeTypes(lhptee, rhptee);
6386 if (CompositeTy.isNull()) {
6387 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
6388 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
6389 // to get a consistent AST.
6390 QualType incompatTy;
6391 incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType(
6392 S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(S.Context.VoidTy, ResultAddrSpace));
6393 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, LHSCastKind);
6394 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, RHSCastKind);
6395 // FIXME: For OpenCL the warning emission and cast to void* leaves a room
6396 // for casts between types with incompatible address space qualifiers.
6397 // For the following code the compiler produces casts between global and
6398 // local address spaces of the corresponded innermost pointees:
6399 // local int *global *a;
6400 // global int *global *b;
6401 // a = (0 ? a : b); // see C99 6.5.16.1.p1.
6402 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
6403 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6404 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6408 // The pointer types are compatible.
6409 // In case of OpenCL ResultTy should have the address space qualifier
6410 // which is a superset of address spaces of both the 2nd and the 3rd
6411 // operands of the conditional operator.
6412 QualType ResultTy = [&, ResultAddrSpace]() {
6413 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6414 Qualifiers CompositeQuals = CompositeTy.getQualifiers();
6415 CompositeQuals.setAddressSpace(ResultAddrSpace);
6417 .getQualifiedType(CompositeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), CompositeQuals)
6418 .withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual);
6420 return CompositeTy.withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual);
6423 ResultTy = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultTy);
6425 ResultTy = S.Context.getPointerType(ResultTy);
6427 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultTy, LHSCastKind);
6428 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultTy, RHSCastKind);
6432 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers.
6433 static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S,
6436 SourceLocation Loc) {
6437 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6438 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6440 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
6441 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
6442 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
6443 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6444 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6447 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6448 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6449 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6453 // We have 2 block pointer types.
6454 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
6457 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers.
6459 checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6461 SourceLocation Loc) {
6462 // get the pointer types
6463 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6464 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6466 // get the "pointed to" types
6467 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6468 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6470 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
6471 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
6472 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
6473 QualType destPointee
6474 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
6475 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6476 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6477 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6478 // Promote to void*.
6479 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6482 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
6483 QualType destPointee
6484 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
6485 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6486 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6487 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6488 // Promote to void*.
6489 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6493 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
6496 /// \brief Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second
6497 /// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise.
6498 static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int,
6499 Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc,
6500 bool IsIntFirstExpr) {
6501 if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
6502 !Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType())
6505 Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr;
6506 Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get();
6508 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
6509 << Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType()
6510 << Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange();
6511 Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(Int.get(), PointerExpr->getType(),
6512 CK_IntegralToPointer);
6516 /// \brief Simple conversion between integer and floating point types.
6518 /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the
6519 /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar.
6521 /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i and s6.11.6 together require that the scalar
6522 /// types are either integer or floating type. Between the two
6523 /// operands, the type with the higher rank is defined as the "result
6524 /// type". The other operand needs to be promoted to the same type. No
6525 /// other type promotion is allowed. We cannot use
6526 /// UsualArithmeticConversions() for this purpose, since it always
6527 /// promotes promotable types.
6528 static QualType OpenCLArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6530 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6531 LHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
6532 if (LHS.isInvalid())
6534 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
6535 if (RHS.isInvalid())
6538 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
6539 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
6541 S.Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
6543 S.Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
6545 if (!LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6546 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float)
6547 << LHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6551 if (!RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6552 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float)
6553 << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6557 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
6558 if (LHSType == RHSType)
6561 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
6562 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
6563 return handleFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
6564 /*IsCompAssign = */ false);
6566 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
6567 return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
6568 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, /*IsCompAssign = */ false);
6571 /// \brief Convert scalar operands to a vector that matches the
6572 /// condition in length.
6574 /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the
6575 /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar.
6577 /// We first compute the "result type" for the scalar operands
6578 /// according to OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i. Both operands are then converted
6579 /// into a vector of that type where the length matches the condition
6580 /// vector type. s6.11.6 requires that the element types of the result
6581 /// and the condition must have the same number of bits.
6583 OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6584 QualType CondTy, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6585 QualType ResTy = OpenCLArithmeticConversions(S, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
6586 if (ResTy.isNull()) return QualType();
6588 const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6591 // Determine the vector result type
6592 unsigned NumElements = CV->getNumElements();
6593 QualType VectorTy = S.Context.getExtVectorType(ResTy, NumElements);
6595 // Ensure that all types have the same number of bits
6596 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CV->getElementType())
6597 != S.Context.getTypeSize(ResTy)) {
6598 // Since VectorTy is created internally, it does not pretty print
6599 // with an OpenCL name. Instead, we just print a description.
6600 std::string EleTyName = ResTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString();
6601 SmallString<64> Str;
6602 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
6603 OS << "(vector of " << NumElements << " '" << EleTyName << "' values)";
6604 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size)
6605 << CondTy << OS.str();
6609 // Convert operands to the vector result type
6610 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
6611 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
6616 /// \brief Return false if this is a valid OpenCL condition vector
6617 static bool checkOpenCLConditionVector(Sema &S, Expr *Cond,
6618 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6619 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 says the elements of the vector must be of
6621 const VectorType *CondTy = Cond->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
6623 QualType EleTy = CondTy->getElementType();
6624 if (EleTy->isIntegerType()) return false;
6626 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat)
6627 << Cond->getType() << Cond->getSourceRange();
6631 /// \brief Return false if the vector condition type and the vector
6632 /// result type are compatible.
6634 /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 requires that both vector types have the same
6635 /// number of elements, and their element types have the same number
6637 static bool checkVectorResult(Sema &S, QualType CondTy, QualType VecResTy,
6638 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6639 const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6640 const VectorType *RV = VecResTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6643 if (CV->getNumElements() != RV->getNumElements()) {
6644 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_size)
6645 << CondTy << VecResTy;
6649 QualType CVE = CV->getElementType();
6650 QualType RVE = RV->getElementType();
6652 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CVE) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RVE)) {
6653 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size)
6654 << CondTy << VecResTy;
6661 /// \brief Return the resulting type for the conditional operator in
6662 /// OpenCL (aka "ternary selection operator", OpenCL v1.1
6663 /// s6.3.i) when the condition is a vector type.
6665 OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(Sema &S, ExprResult &Cond,
6666 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6667 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6668 Cond = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Cond.get());
6669 if (Cond.isInvalid())
6671 QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType();
6673 if (checkOpenCLConditionVector(S, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc))
6676 // If either operand is a vector then find the vector type of the
6677 // result as specified in OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i.
6678 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6679 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
6680 QualType VecResTy = S.CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc,
6681 /*isCompAssign*/false,
6682 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
6683 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
6684 if (VecResTy.isNull()) return QualType();
6685 // The result type must match the condition type as specified in
6686 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6.
6687 if (checkVectorResult(S, CondTy, VecResTy, QuestionLoc))
6692 // Both operands are scalar.
6693 return OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(S, LHS, RHS, CondTy, QuestionLoc);
6696 /// \brief Return true if the Expr is block type
6697 static bool checkBlockType(Sema &S, const Expr *E) {
6698 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
6699 QualType Ty = CE->getCallee()->getType();
6700 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
6701 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_ternary_with_block);
6708 /// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
6709 /// In that case, LHS = cond.
6711 QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
6712 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6714 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6716 ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
6717 if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
6720 ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
6721 if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
6724 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
6725 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6726 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
6731 // The OpenCL operator with a vector condition is sufficiently
6732 // different to merit its own checker.
6733 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && Cond.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
6734 return OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(*this, Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
6736 // First, check the condition.
6737 Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.get());
6738 if (Cond.isInvalid())
6740 if (checkCondition(*this, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc))
6743 // Now check the two expressions.
6744 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6745 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
6746 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
6747 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
6748 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
6750 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
6751 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6754 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6755 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6757 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
6758 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
6759 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
6761 diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6762 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6766 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks cannot be used as expressions of the ternary
6767 // selection operator (?:).
6768 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
6769 (checkBlockType(*this, LHS.get()) | checkBlockType(*this, RHS.get()))) {
6773 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
6774 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
6775 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
6776 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
6777 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
6782 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
6784 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
6785 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
6786 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
6787 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
6788 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
6789 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
6790 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
6793 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
6794 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
6795 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
6796 return checkConditionalVoidType(*this, LHS, RHS);
6799 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
6800 // the type of the other operand."
6801 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, RHS, LHSTy)) return LHSTy;
6802 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, LHS, RHSTy)) return RHSTy;
6804 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
6805 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
6807 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6809 if (!compositeType.isNull())
6810 return compositeType;
6813 // Handle block pointer types.
6814 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType())
6815 return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
6818 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
6819 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType())
6820 return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
6823 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that
6824 // null pointers have been filtered out by this point.
6825 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, LHS, RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
6826 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/true))
6828 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, RHS, LHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
6829 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/false))
6832 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
6833 // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most
6834 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
6835 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
6838 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
6839 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6840 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6841 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6845 /// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
6846 /// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
6847 QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6848 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6849 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6850 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6852 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
6853 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
6854 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
6855 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
6856 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
6857 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6860 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
6861 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
6862 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6865 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
6866 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
6867 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
6868 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6871 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
6872 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
6873 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6876 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
6877 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
6878 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
6879 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
6882 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
6883 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
6884 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast);
6887 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
6888 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6890 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
6891 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
6894 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6895 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6896 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
6898 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
6899 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
6900 // type. This allows
6901 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
6902 // where B is a subclass of A.
6904 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
6905 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
6906 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
6907 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
6909 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
6910 // It could return the composite type.
6911 if (!(compositeType =
6912 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull()) {
6913 // Nothing more to do.
6914 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
6915 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
6916 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
6917 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
6918 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
6919 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
6920 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
6921 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
6922 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
6923 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
6924 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
6925 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
6926 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
6927 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
6929 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6931 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6932 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
6933 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
6934 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
6937 // The object pointer types are compatible.
6938 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
6939 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
6940 return compositeType;
6942 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
6943 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6944 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
6945 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
6946 // so these types are not compatible.
6947 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6948 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6952 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6953 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6954 QualType destPointee
6955 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
6956 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6957 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6958 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6959 // Promote to void*.
6960 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6963 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
6964 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
6965 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
6966 // so these types are not compatible.
6967 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6968 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6972 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6973 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6974 QualType destPointee
6975 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
6976 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6977 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6978 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6979 // Promote to void*.
6980 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6986 /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps
6987 /// ParenRange in parentheses.
6988 static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6989 const PartialDiagnostic &Note,
6990 SourceRange ParenRange) {
6991 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6992 if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() &&
6994 Self.Diag(Loc, Note)
6995 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6996 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
6998 // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note.
6999 Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange;
7003 static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
7004 return BinaryOperator::isAdditiveOp(Opc) ||
7005 BinaryOperator::isMultiplicativeOp(Opc) ||
7006 BinaryOperator::isShiftOp(Opc);
7009 /// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary
7010 /// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator,
7011 /// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side
7013 static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode,
7015 // Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis.
7016 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
7017 E = E->IgnoreConversionOperator();
7018 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
7020 // Built-in binary operator.
7021 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7022 if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) {
7023 *Opcode = OP->getOpcode();
7024 *RHSExprs = OP->getRHS();
7029 // Overloaded operator.
7030 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7031 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2)
7034 // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into
7035 // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op.
7036 OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator();
7037 if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow ||
7038 OO == OO_PlusPlus || OO == OO_MinusMinus)
7041 BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO);
7042 if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) {
7044 *RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1);
7052 /// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type
7053 /// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is
7054 /// commonly interpreted as boolean.
7055 static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) {
7056 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7058 if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
7060 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
7061 return OP->isComparisonOp() || OP->isLogicalOp();
7062 if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
7063 return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot;
7064 if (E->getType()->isPointerType())
7070 /// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator
7071 /// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed
7072 /// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example:
7073 /// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2".
7074 static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self,
7075 SourceLocation OpLoc,
7079 BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode;
7082 if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS))
7084 if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS))
7087 // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right-
7088 // hand side that looks boolean, so warn.
7090 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_conditional)
7091 << Condition->getSourceRange()
7092 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode);
7094 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
7095 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
7096 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode),
7097 SourceRange(Condition->getLocStart(), Condition->getLocEnd()));
7099 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
7100 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first),
7101 SourceRange(CondRHS->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
7104 /// Compute the nullability of a conditional expression.
7105 static QualType computeConditionalNullability(QualType ResTy, bool IsBin,
7106 QualType LHSTy, QualType RHSTy,
7108 if (!ResTy->isAnyPointerType())
7111 auto GetNullability = [&Ctx](QualType Ty) {
7112 Optional<NullabilityKind> Kind = Ty->getNullability(Ctx);
7115 return NullabilityKind::Unspecified;
7118 auto LHSKind = GetNullability(LHSTy), RHSKind = GetNullability(RHSTy);
7119 NullabilityKind MergedKind;
7121 // Compute nullability of a binary conditional expression.
7123 if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
7124 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::NonNull;
7126 MergedKind = RHSKind;
7127 // Compute nullability of a normal conditional expression.
7129 if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable ||
7130 RHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable)
7131 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Nullable;
7132 else if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
7133 MergedKind = RHSKind;
7134 else if (RHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
7135 MergedKind = LHSKind;
7137 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Unspecified;
7140 // Return if ResTy already has the correct nullability.
7141 if (GetNullability(ResTy) == MergedKind)
7144 // Strip all nullability from ResTy.
7145 while (ResTy->getNullability(Ctx))
7146 ResTy = ResTy.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Ctx);
7148 // Create a new AttributedType with the new nullability kind.
7149 auto NewAttr = AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(MergedKind);
7150 return Ctx.getAttributedType(NewAttr, ResTy, ResTy);
7153 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
7154 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
7155 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
7156 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7157 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
7159 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7160 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes in the condition because it
7161 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
7162 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
7163 ExprResult CondResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CondExpr);
7164 ExprResult LHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHSExpr);
7165 ExprResult RHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(RHSExpr);
7167 if (!CondResult.isUsable())
7171 if (!LHSResult.isUsable())
7175 if (!RHSResult.isUsable())
7178 CondExpr = CondResult.get();
7179 LHSExpr = LHSResult.get();
7180 RHSExpr = RHSResult.get();
7183 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
7184 // was the condition.
7185 OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = nullptr;
7186 Expr *commonExpr = nullptr;
7188 commonExpr = CondExpr;
7189 // Lower out placeholder types first. This is important so that we don't
7190 // try to capture a placeholder. This happens in few cases in C++; such
7191 // as Objective-C++'s dictionary subscripting syntax.
7192 if (commonExpr->hasPlaceholderType()) {
7193 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(commonExpr);
7194 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
7195 commonExpr = result.get();
7197 // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except
7198 // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional.
7199 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7200 && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent()
7201 && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind()
7202 && commonExpr->isGLValue()
7203 && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
7204 && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
7205 && Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) {
7206 ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr);
7207 if (commonRes.isInvalid())
7209 commonExpr = commonRes.get();
7212 opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(),
7213 commonExpr->getType(),
7214 commonExpr->getValueKind(),
7215 commonExpr->getObjectKind(),
7217 LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue;
7220 QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType();
7221 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
7222 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
7223 ExprResult Cond = CondExpr, LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
7224 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS,
7225 VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
7226 if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() ||
7230 DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(),
7233 CheckBoolLikeConversion(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc);
7235 result = computeConditionalNullability(result, commonExpr, LHSTy, RHSTy,
7239 return new (Context)
7240 ConditionalOperator(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc, LHS.get(), ColonLoc,
7241 RHS.get(), result, VK, OK);
7243 return new (Context) BinaryConditionalOperator(
7244 commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
7245 ColonLoc, result, VK, OK);
7248 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
7249 // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
7250 // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
7251 // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
7252 // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
7253 static Sema::AssignConvertType
7254 checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
7255 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
7256 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
7258 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
7259 const Type *lhptee, *rhptee;
7260 Qualifiers lhq, rhq;
7261 std::tie(lhptee, lhq) =
7262 cast<PointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
7263 std::tie(rhptee, rhq) =
7264 cast<PointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
7266 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
7268 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
7269 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
7270 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
7272 // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay.
7273 if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() &&
7274 lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) {
7275 // Ignore lifetime for further calculation.
7276 lhq.removeObjCLifetime();
7277 rhq.removeObjCLifetime();
7280 if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) {
7281 // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal. TODO: address subspaces
7282 if (!lhq.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhq))
7283 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7285 // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to
7287 else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime()
7288 .compatiblyIncludes(
7289 rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime())
7290 && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType()))
7293 // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal.
7294 else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime())
7295 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7297 // For GCC/MS compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated
7298 // as still compatible in C.
7299 else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7302 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
7303 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
7304 // version of void...
7305 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
7306 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
7309 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
7310 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
7311 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
7314 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
7315 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
7318 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
7319 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
7320 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
7323 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
7324 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
7325 QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0);
7326 if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) {
7327 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
7328 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
7329 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
7330 if (lhptee->isCharType())
7331 ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7332 else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
7333 ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans);
7335 if (rhptee->isCharType())
7336 rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7337 else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
7338 rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans);
7340 if (ltrans == rtrans) {
7341 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
7342 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
7343 // warning can be disabled.
7344 if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible)
7347 return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign;
7350 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
7351 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
7352 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
7353 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
7354 if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) {
7356 lhptee = cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
7357 rhptee = cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
7358 } while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee));
7360 if (lhptee == rhptee)
7361 return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
7364 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
7365 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7367 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7368 S.IsFunctionConversion(ltrans, rtrans, ltrans))
7369 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7373 /// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
7374 /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
7375 /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
7377 static Sema::AssignConvertType
7378 checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
7380 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
7381 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
7383 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
7385 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
7386 lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType();
7387 rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType();
7389 // In C++, the types have to match exactly.
7390 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
7391 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
7393 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
7395 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
7396 Qualifiers LQuals = lhptee.getLocalQualifiers();
7397 Qualifiers RQuals = rhptee.getLocalQualifiers();
7398 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7399 LQuals.removeAddressSpace();
7400 RQuals.removeAddressSpace();
7402 if (LQuals != RQuals)
7403 ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7405 // FIXME: OpenCL doesn't define the exact compile time semantics for a block
7407 // The current behavior is similar to C++ lambdas. A block might be
7408 // assigned to a variable iff its return type and parameters are compatible
7409 // (C99 6.2.7) with the corresponding return type and parameters of the LHS of
7410 // an assignment. Presumably it should behave in way that a function pointer
7411 // assignment does in C, so for each parameter and return type:
7412 // * CVR and address space of LHS should be a superset of CVR and address
7414 // * unqualified types should be compatible.
7415 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7416 if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(
7417 S.Context.getQualifiedType(LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), LQuals),
7418 S.Context.getQualifiedType(RHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), RQuals)))
7419 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
7420 } else if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
7421 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
7426 /// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
7427 /// for assignment compatibility.
7428 static Sema::AssignConvertType
7429 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
7431 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!");
7432 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!");
7434 if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
7435 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
7436 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
7437 !RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
7438 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7439 return Sema::Compatible;
7441 if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
7442 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
7443 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
7444 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7445 return Sema::Compatible;
7447 QualType lhptee = LHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7448 QualType rhptee = RHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7450 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee) &&
7451 // make an exception for id<P>
7452 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
7453 return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7455 if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
7456 return Sema::Compatible;
7457 if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
7458 return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
7459 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7462 Sema::AssignConvertType
7463 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
7464 QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
7465 // Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what
7466 // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints
7467 // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't
7468 // usually happen on valid code.
7469 OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_RValue);
7470 ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr;
7471 CastKind K = CK_Invalid;
7473 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSPtr, K, /*ConvertRHS=*/false);
7476 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
7477 /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
7478 /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
7482 /// struct foo *pfoo;
7484 /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
7485 /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
7486 /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
7487 /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
7489 /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
7490 /// C99 spec dictates.
7492 /// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible.
7493 Sema::AssignConvertType
7494 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
7495 CastKind &Kind, bool ConvertRHS) {
7496 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7497 QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType;
7499 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
7501 LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(LHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
7502 RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(RHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
7504 // Common case: no conversion required.
7505 if (LHSType == RHSType) {
7510 // If we have an atomic type, try a non-atomic assignment, then just add an
7511 // atomic qualification step.
7512 if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(LHSType)) {
7513 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
7514 CheckAssignmentConstraints(AtomicTy->getValueType(), RHS, Kind);
7515 if (result != Compatible)
7517 if (Kind != CK_NoOp && ConvertRHS)
7518 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), AtomicTy->getValueType(), Kind);
7519 Kind = CK_NonAtomicToAtomic;
7523 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
7524 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
7525 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
7526 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
7527 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
7528 // LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
7530 if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef = LHSType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
7531 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), RHSType)) {
7532 Kind = CK_LValueBitCast;
7535 return Incompatible;
7538 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
7539 // to the same ExtVector type.
7540 if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) {
7541 if (RHSType->isExtVectorType())
7542 return Incompatible;
7543 if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) {
7544 // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the element type.
7546 RHS = prepareVectorSplat(LHSType, RHS.get());
7547 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
7552 // Conversions to or from vector type.
7553 if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) {
7554 if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) {
7555 // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC
7556 // vector type and vice versa
7557 if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
7562 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
7563 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
7564 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
7565 if (isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
7567 return IncompatibleVectors;
7571 // When the RHS comes from another lax conversion (e.g. binops between
7572 // scalars and vectors) the result is canonicalized as a vector. When the
7573 // LHS is also a vector, the lax is allowed by the condition above. Handle
7574 // the case where LHS is a scalar.
7575 if (LHSType->isScalarType()) {
7576 const VectorType *VecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
7577 if (VecType && VecType->getNumElements() == 1 &&
7578 isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
7579 ExprResult *VecExpr = &RHS;
7580 *VecExpr = ImpCastExprToType(VecExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
7586 return Incompatible;
7589 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
7590 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
7591 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType))
7592 return Incompatible;
7594 // Arithmetic conversions.
7595 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() &&
7596 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) {
7598 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, LHSType);
7602 // Conversions to normal pointers.
7603 if (const PointerType *LHSPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(LHSType)) {
7605 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
7606 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
7607 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
7608 Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
7609 return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
7613 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7614 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null?
7615 return IntToPointer;
7618 // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
7619 // with two exceptions:
7620 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
7621 // - conversions to void*
7622 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7627 // - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type
7628 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
7629 Context.hasSameType(LHSType,
7630 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
7636 return IncompatiblePointer;
7640 if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
7641 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7642 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
7643 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()
7647 AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
7652 return Incompatible;
7655 // Conversions to block pointers.
7656 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)) {
7658 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
7659 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()
7662 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()
7665 Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
7666 return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
7669 // int or null -> T^
7670 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7671 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
7672 return IntToBlockPointer;
7676 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) {
7677 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
7682 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
7683 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7684 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
7688 return Incompatible;
7691 // Conversions to Objective-C pointers.
7692 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(LHSType)) {
7694 if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7696 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
7697 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
7698 if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
7699 result == Compatible &&
7700 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(OrigLHSType, RHSType))
7701 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
7705 // int or null -> A*
7706 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7707 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
7708 return IntToPointer;
7711 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
7712 // with two exceptions:
7713 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
7714 Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
7716 // - conversions from 'void*'
7717 if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) {
7721 // - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type
7722 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
7723 Context.hasSameType(RHSType,
7724 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
7728 return IncompatiblePointer;
7731 // Only under strict condition T^ is compatible with an Objective-C pointer.
7732 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
7733 LHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context)) {
7735 maybeExtendBlockObject(RHS);
7736 Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
7740 return Incompatible;
7743 // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above.
7744 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
7746 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
7747 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
7752 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7753 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
7754 return PointerToInt;
7757 return Incompatible;
7760 // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above.
7761 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
7763 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
7764 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
7769 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7770 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
7771 return PointerToInt;
7774 return Incompatible;
7777 // struct A -> struct B
7778 if (isa<TagType>(LHSType) && isa<TagType>(RHSType)) {
7779 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
7785 if (LHSType->isSamplerT() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7786 Kind = CK_IntToOCLSampler;
7790 return Incompatible;
7793 /// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
7794 /// used to initialize the transparent union.
7795 static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C,
7796 ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType,
7798 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
7799 // of the transparent union.
7800 Expr *E = EResult.get();
7801 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
7802 E, SourceLocation());
7803 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
7804 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
7806 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
7807 // union type from this initializer list.
7808 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
7809 EResult = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
7810 VK_RValue, Initializer, false);
7813 Sema::AssignConvertType
7814 Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
7816 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7818 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
7819 // transparent_union GCC extension.
7820 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
7821 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
7822 return Incompatible;
7824 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
7825 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
7826 FieldDecl *InitField = nullptr;
7827 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
7828 for (auto *it : UD->fields()) {
7829 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
7830 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
7832 // 2) null pointer constant
7833 if (RHSType->isPointerType())
7834 if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7835 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast);
7840 if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7841 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
7842 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(),
7849 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
7850 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind)
7852 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), Kind);
7859 return Incompatible;
7861 ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, RHS, ArgType, InitField);
7865 Sema::AssignConvertType
7866 Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &CallerRHS,
7868 bool DiagnoseCFAudited,
7870 // We need to be able to tell the caller whether we diagnosed a problem, if
7871 // they ask us to issue diagnostics.
7872 assert((ConvertRHS || !Diagnose) && "can't indicate whether we diagnosed");
7874 // If ConvertRHS is false, we want to leave the caller's RHS untouched. Sadly,
7875 // we can't avoid *all* modifications at the moment, so we need some somewhere
7876 // to put the updated value.
7877 ExprResult LocalRHS = CallerRHS;
7878 ExprResult &RHS = ConvertRHS ? CallerRHS : LocalRHS;
7880 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7881 if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) {
7882 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
7883 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
7884 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
7885 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7887 RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7890 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
7891 TryImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7892 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
7893 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
7894 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
7896 /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false);
7897 if (ICS.isFailure())
7898 return Incompatible;
7899 RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7902 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7903 return Incompatible;
7904 Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible;
7905 if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
7906 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(LHSType, RHSType))
7907 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
7911 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
7913 // FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should
7914 // happen there, though.
7915 } else if (RHS.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
7916 // As a set of extensions to C, we support overloading on functions. These
7917 // functions need to be resolved here.
7919 if (FunctionDecl *FD = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(
7920 RHS.get(), LHSType, /*Complain=*/false, DAP))
7921 RHS = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(RHS.get(), DAP, FD);
7923 return Incompatible;
7926 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
7927 // a null pointer constant.
7928 if ((LHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
7929 LHSType->isBlockPointerType()) &&
7930 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7931 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
7932 if (Diagnose || ConvertRHS) {
7935 CheckPointerConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, Path,
7936 /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false, Diagnose);
7938 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, VK_RValue, &Path);
7943 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
7944 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
7945 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
7946 // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
7948 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
7949 if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) {
7950 // FIXME: We potentially allocate here even if ConvertRHS is false.
7951 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get(), Diagnose);
7952 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7953 return Incompatible;
7956 Expr *PRE = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7957 if (Diagnose && isa<ObjCProtocolExpr>(PRE)) {
7958 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = cast<ObjCProtocolExpr>(PRE)->getProtocol();
7959 if (PDecl && !PDecl->hasDefinition()) {
7960 Diag(PRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_atprotocol_protocol) << PDecl->getName();
7961 Diag(PDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PDecl;
7965 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
7966 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
7967 CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind, ConvertRHS);
7969 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
7970 // type of the assignment expression.
7971 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
7972 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
7973 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
7974 // does not have reference type.
7975 if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType) {
7976 QualType Ty = LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
7977 Expr *E = RHS.get();
7979 // Check for various Objective-C errors. If we are not reporting
7980 // diagnostics and just checking for errors, e.g., during overload
7981 // resolution, return Incompatible to indicate the failure.
7982 if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
7983 CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), Ty, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion,
7984 Diagnose, DiagnoseCFAudited) != ACR_okay) {
7986 return Incompatible;
7988 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
7989 (CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(E->getLocStart(), LHSType,
7990 E->getType(), E, Diagnose) ||
7991 ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(LHSType, E, Diagnose))) {
7993 return Incompatible;
7994 // Replace the expression with a corrected version and continue so we
7995 // can find further errors.
8001 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty, Kind);
8006 QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
8008 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
8009 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
8010 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8014 // Diagnose cases where a scalar was implicitly converted to a vector and
8015 // diagnose the underlying types. Otherwise, diagnose the error
8016 // as invalid vector logical operands for non-C++ cases.
8017 QualType Sema::InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
8019 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
8020 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
8022 bool LHSNatVec = LHSType->isVectorType();
8023 bool RHSNatVec = RHSType->isVectorType();
8025 if (!(LHSNatVec && RHSNatVec)) {
8026 Expr *Vector = LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get();
8027 Expr *NonVector = !LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get();
8028 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict)
8029 << 0 << Vector->getType() << NonVector->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType()
8030 << Vector->getSourceRange();
8034 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict)
8035 << 1 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8036 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8041 /// Try to convert a value of non-vector type to a vector type by converting
8042 /// the type to the element type of the vector and then performing a splat.
8043 /// If the language is OpenCL, we only use conversions that promote scalar
8044 /// rank; for C, Obj-C, and C++ we allow any real scalar conversion except
8047 /// OpenCL V2.0 6.2.6.p2:
8048 /// An error shall occur if any scalar operand type has greater rank
8049 /// than the type of the vector element.
8051 /// \param scalar - if non-null, actually perform the conversions
8052 /// \return true if the operation fails (but without diagnosing the failure)
8053 static bool tryVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *scalar,
8055 QualType vectorEltTy,
8058 // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it,
8060 CastKind scalarCast = CK_Invalid;
8062 if (vectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
8063 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType() ||
8064 (scalarTy->isIntegerType() &&
8065 S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0))) {
8066 DiagID = diag::err_opencl_scalar_type_rank_greater_than_vector_type;
8069 if (!scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context))
8071 scalarCast = CK_IntegralCast;
8072 } else if (vectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
8073 if (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
8074 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
8075 S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0) {
8076 DiagID = diag::err_opencl_scalar_type_rank_greater_than_vector_type;
8079 scalarCast = CK_FloatingCast;
8081 else if (scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context))
8082 scalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating;
8089 // Adjust scalar if desired.
8091 if (scalarCast != CK_Invalid)
8092 *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorEltTy, scalarCast);
8093 *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
8098 /// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to another integer type
8099 /// IntTy without losing precision.
8100 static bool canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int,
8101 QualType OtherIntTy) {
8102 QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8104 // Reject cases where the value of the Int is unknown as that would
8105 // possibly cause truncation, but accept cases where the scalar can be
8106 // demoted without loss of precision.
8107 llvm::APSInt Result;
8108 bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, S.Context);
8109 int Order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(OtherIntTy, IntTy);
8110 bool IntSigned = IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
8111 bool OtherIntSigned = OtherIntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
8114 // If the scalar is constant and is of a higher order and has more active
8115 // bits that the vector element type, reject it.
8116 unsigned NumBits = IntSigned
8117 ? (Result.isNegative() ? Result.getMinSignedBits()
8118 : Result.getActiveBits())
8119 : Result.getActiveBits();
8120 if (Order < 0 && S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy) < NumBits)
8123 // If the signedness of the scalar type and the vector element type
8124 // differs and the number of bits is greater than that of the vector
8125 // element reject it.
8126 return (IntSigned != OtherIntSigned &&
8127 NumBits > S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy));
8130 // Reject cases where the value of the scalar is not constant and it's
8131 // order is greater than that of the vector element type.
8135 /// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to floating point type
8136 /// FloatTy without losing precision.
8137 static bool canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int,
8139 QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8141 // Determine if the integer constant can be expressed as a floating point
8142 // number of the appropiate type.
8143 llvm::APSInt Result;
8144 bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, S.Context);
8147 // Reject constants that would be truncated if they were converted to
8148 // the floating point type. Test by simple to/from conversion.
8149 // FIXME: Ideally the conversion to an APFloat and from an APFloat
8150 // could be avoided if there was a convertFromAPInt method
8151 // which could signal back if implicit truncation occurred.
8152 llvm::APFloat Float(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy));
8153 Float.convertFromAPInt(Result, IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(),
8154 llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero);
8155 llvm::APSInt ConvertBack(S.Context.getIntWidth(IntTy),
8156 !IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation());
8157 bool Ignored = false;
8158 Float.convertToInteger(ConvertBack, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven,
8160 if (Result != ConvertBack)
8163 // Reject types that cannot be fully encoded into the mantissa of
8165 Bits = S.Context.getTypeSize(IntTy);
8166 unsigned FloatPrec = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(
8167 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy));
8168 if (Bits > FloatPrec)
8175 /// Attempt to convert and splat Scalar into a vector whose types matches
8176 /// Vector following GCC conversion rules. The rule is that implicit
8177 /// conversion can occur when Scalar can be casted to match Vector's element
8178 /// type without causing truncation of Scalar.
8179 static bool tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *Scalar,
8180 ExprResult *Vector) {
8181 QualType ScalarTy = Scalar->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8182 QualType VectorTy = Vector->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8183 const VectorType *VT = VectorTy->getAs<VectorType>();
8185 assert(!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) &&
8186 "ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!");
8188 QualType VectorEltTy = VT->getElementType();
8190 // Reject cases where the vector element type or the scalar element type are
8191 // not integral or floating point types.
8192 if (!VectorEltTy->isArithmeticType() || !ScalarTy->isArithmeticType())
8195 // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it,
8197 CastKind ScalarCast = CK_NoOp;
8199 // Accept cases where the vector elements are integers and the scalar is
8201 // FIXME: Notionally if the scalar was a floating point value with a precise
8202 // integral representation, we could cast it to an appropriate integer
8203 // type and then perform the rest of the checks here. GCC will perform
8204 // this conversion in some cases as determined by the input language.
8205 // We should accept it on a language independent basis.
8206 if (VectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) &&
8207 ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) &&
8208 S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy)) {
8210 if (canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy))
8213 ScalarCast = CK_IntegralCast;
8214 } else if (VectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
8215 if (ScalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
8217 // Reject cases where the scalar type is not a constant and has a higher
8218 // Order than the vector element type.
8219 llvm::APFloat Result(0.0);
8220 bool CstScalar = Scalar->get()->EvaluateAsFloat(Result, S.Context);
8221 int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy);
8222 if (!CstScalar && Order < 0)
8225 // If the scalar cannot be safely casted to the vector element type,
8228 bool Truncated = false;
8229 Result.convert(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(VectorEltTy),
8230 llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &Truncated);
8235 ScalarCast = CK_FloatingCast;
8236 } else if (ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
8237 if (canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy))
8240 ScalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating;
8245 // Adjust scalar if desired.
8247 if (ScalarCast != CK_NoOp)
8248 *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorEltTy, ScalarCast);
8249 *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
8254 QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8255 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8257 bool AllowBoolConversions) {
8258 if (!IsCompAssign) {
8259 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
8260 if (LHS.isInvalid())
8263 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
8264 if (RHS.isInvalid())
8267 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
8268 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
8269 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8270 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8272 const VectorType *LHSVecType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
8273 const VectorType *RHSVecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
8274 assert(LHSVecType || RHSVecType);
8276 // AltiVec-style "vector bool op vector bool" combinations are allowed
8277 // for some operators but not others.
8278 if (!AllowBothBool &&
8279 LHSVecType && LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
8280 RHSVecType && RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
8281 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8283 // If the vector types are identical, return.
8284 if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType))
8287 // If we have compatible AltiVec and GCC vector types, use the AltiVec type.
8288 if (LHSVecType && RHSVecType &&
8289 Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
8290 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
8291 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8296 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
8300 // AllowBoolConversions says that bool and non-bool AltiVec vectors
8301 // can be mixed, with the result being the non-bool type. The non-bool
8302 // operand must have integer element type.
8303 if (AllowBoolConversions && LHSVecType && RHSVecType &&
8304 LHSVecType->getNumElements() == RHSVecType->getNumElements() &&
8305 (Context.getTypeSize(LHSVecType->getElementType()) ==
8306 Context.getTypeSize(RHSVecType->getElementType()))) {
8307 if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector &&
8308 LHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType() &&
8309 RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) {
8310 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8313 if (!IsCompAssign &&
8314 LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
8315 RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector &&
8316 RHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) {
8317 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
8322 // If there's a vector type and a scalar, try to convert the scalar to
8323 // the vector element type and splat.
8324 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable;
8326 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
8327 if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, RHSType,
8328 LHSVecType->getElementType(), LHSType,
8332 if (!tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, &LHS))
8337 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) {
8338 if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, (IsCompAssign ? nullptr : &LHS),
8339 LHSType, RHSVecType->getElementType(),
8343 if (LHS.get()->getValueKind() == VK_LValue ||
8344 !tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &LHS, &RHS))
8349 // FIXME: The code below also handles conversion between vectors and
8350 // non-scalars, we should break this down into fine grained specific checks
8351 // and emit proper diagnostics.
8352 QualType VecType = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType;
8353 const VectorType *VT = LHSVecType ? LHSVecType : RHSVecType;
8354 QualType OtherType = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType;
8355 ExprResult *OtherExpr = LHSVecType ? &RHS : &LHS;
8356 if (isLaxVectorConversion(OtherType, VecType)) {
8357 // If we're allowing lax vector conversions, only the total (data) size
8358 // needs to be the same. For non compound assignment, if one of the types is
8359 // scalar, the result is always the vector type.
8360 if (!IsCompAssign) {
8361 *OtherExpr = ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr->get(), VecType, CK_BitCast);
8363 // In a compound assignment, lhs += rhs, 'lhs' is a lvalue src, forbidding
8364 // any implicit cast. Here, the 'rhs' should be implicit casted to 'lhs'
8365 // type. Note that this is already done by non-compound assignments in
8366 // CheckAssignmentConstraints. If it's a scalar type, only bitcast for
8367 // <1 x T> -> T. The result is also a vector type.
8368 } else if (OtherType->isExtVectorType() ||
8369 (OtherType->isScalarType() && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) {
8370 ExprResult *RHSExpr = &RHS;
8371 *RHSExpr = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8376 // Okay, the expression is invalid.
8378 // If there's a non-vector, non-real operand, diagnose that.
8379 if ((!RHSVecType && !RHSType->isRealType()) ||
8380 (!LHSVecType && !LHSType->isRealType())) {
8381 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_non_scalar)
8382 << LHSType << RHSType
8383 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8387 // OpenCL V1.1 6.2.6.p1:
8388 // If the operands are of more than one vector type, then an error shall
8389 // occur. Implicit conversions between vector types are not permitted, per
8391 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
8392 RHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType) &&
8393 LHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
8394 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_implicit_vector_conversion) << LHSType
8400 // If there is a vector type that is not a ExtVector and a scalar, we reach
8401 // this point if scalar could not be converted to the vector's element type
8402 // without truncation.
8403 if ((RHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) ||
8404 (LHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType))) {
8405 QualType Scalar = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType;
8406 QualType Vector = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType;
8407 unsigned ScalarOrVector = LHSVecType && RHSVecType ? 1 : 0;
8409 diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_implict_truncation)
8410 << ScalarOrVector << Scalar << Vector;
8415 // Otherwise, use the generic diagnostic.
8417 << LHSType << RHSType
8418 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8422 // checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an
8423 // expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an
8424 // integer instead of a pointer.
8425 static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8426 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) {
8427 // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant,
8428 // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively
8429 // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow.
8430 bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8431 bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8433 QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType();
8435 // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and
8436 // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about.
8437 if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() ||
8438 NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType())
8441 // Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter
8442 // what the other expression is.
8444 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation)
8445 << (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
8446 << (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
8450 // The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer
8451 // if the other expression is a pointer.
8452 if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() ||
8453 NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType())
8456 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation)
8457 << LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType
8458 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8461 static void DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS,
8463 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsDiv) {
8464 // Check for division/remainder by zero.
8465 llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
8466 if (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
8467 RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, S.Context) && RHSValue == 0)
8468 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
8469 S.PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_division_by_zero)
8470 << IsDiv << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8473 QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8475 bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) {
8476 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8478 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8479 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
8480 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
8481 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8482 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
8484 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
8485 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8489 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isArithmeticType())
8490 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8492 DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsDiv);
8496 QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
8497 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
8498 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8500 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8501 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8502 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
8503 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
8504 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
8505 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8506 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
8507 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8510 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
8511 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8514 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isIntegerType())
8515 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8516 DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, false /* IsDiv */);
8520 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers.
8521 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8522 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8523 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8524 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
8525 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
8526 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
8527 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
8530 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer.
8531 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8533 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8534 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
8535 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
8536 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange();
8539 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers.
8540 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8541 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
8542 assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8543 assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8544 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8545 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
8546 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
8547 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
8548 // We only show the second type if it differs from the first.
8549 << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(),
8551 << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
8552 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
8555 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer.
8556 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8558 assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8559 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8560 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
8561 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
8562 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType()
8563 << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */
8564 << Pointer->getSourceRange();
8567 /// \brief Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type
8569 /// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type
8570 static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8572 QualType ResType = Operand->getType();
8573 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
8574 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
8576 assert(ResType->isAnyPointerType() && !ResType->isDependentType());
8577 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
8578 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
8579 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
8580 PointeeTy, Operand->getSourceRange());
8583 /// \brief Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand.
8585 /// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types
8586 /// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed
8587 /// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an
8590 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
8591 static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8593 QualType ResType = Operand->getType();
8594 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
8595 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
8597 if (!ResType->isAnyPointerType()) return true;
8599 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
8600 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
8601 diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
8602 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8604 if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
8605 diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
8606 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8609 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false;
8614 /// \brief Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer
8617 /// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much
8618 /// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic
8619 /// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS
8620 /// are (potentially problematic) pointers.
8622 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
8623 static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8624 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8625 bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
8626 bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
8627 if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true;
8629 QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy;
8630 if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
8631 if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
8633 // if both are pointers check if operation is valid wrt address spaces
8634 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && isLHSPointer && isRHSPointer) {
8635 const PointerType *lhsPtr = LHSExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
8636 const PointerType *rhsPtr = RHSExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
8637 if (!lhsPtr->isAddressSpaceOverlapping(*rhsPtr)) {
8639 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
8640 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << 1 /*arithmetic op*/
8641 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
8646 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
8647 bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
8648 bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
8649 if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) {
8650 if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
8651 else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHSExpr);
8652 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
8654 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8657 bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
8658 bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
8659 if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) {
8660 if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
8661 else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc,
8663 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
8665 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8668 if (isLHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, LHSExpr))
8670 if (isRHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, RHSExpr))
8676 /// diagnoseStringPlusInt - Emit a warning when adding an integer to a string
8678 static void diagnoseStringPlusInt(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8679 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8680 StringLiteral* StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8681 Expr* IndexExpr = RHSExpr;
8683 StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8684 IndexExpr = LHSExpr;
8687 bool IsStringPlusInt = StrExpr &&
8688 IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType();
8689 if (!IsStringPlusInt || IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
8693 if (IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Self.getASTContext())) {
8694 unsigned StrLenWithNull = StrExpr->getLength() + 1;
8695 if (index.isNonNegative() &&
8696 index <= llvm::APSInt(llvm::APInt(index.getBitWidth(), StrLenWithNull),
8697 index.isUnsigned()))
8701 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8702 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_int)
8703 << DiagRange << IndexExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
8705 // Only print a fixit for "str" + int, not for int + "str".
8706 if (IndexExpr == RHSExpr) {
8707 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8708 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
8709 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
8710 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
8711 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
8713 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
8716 /// \brief Emit a warning when adding a char literal to a string.
8717 static void diagnoseStringPlusChar(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8718 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8719 const Expr *StringRefExpr = LHSExpr;
8720 const CharacterLiteral *CharExpr =
8721 dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8724 CharExpr = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8725 StringRefExpr = RHSExpr;
8728 if (!CharExpr || !StringRefExpr)
8731 const QualType StringType = StringRefExpr->getType();
8733 // Return if not a PointerType.
8734 if (!StringType->isAnyPointerType())
8737 // Return if not a CharacterType.
8738 if (!StringType->getPointeeType()->isAnyCharacterType())
8741 ASTContext &Ctx = Self.getASTContext();
8742 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8744 const QualType CharType = CharExpr->getType();
8745 if (!CharType->isAnyCharacterType() &&
8746 CharType->isIntegerType() &&
8747 llvm::isUIntN(Ctx.getCharWidth(), CharExpr->getValue())) {
8748 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
8749 << DiagRange << Ctx.CharTy;
8751 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
8752 << DiagRange << CharExpr->getType();
8755 // Only print a fixit for str + char, not for char + str.
8756 if (isa<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts())) {
8757 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8758 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
8759 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
8760 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
8761 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
8763 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
8767 /// \brief Emit error when two pointers are incompatible.
8768 static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8769 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8770 assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8771 assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8772 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
8773 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
8774 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
8778 QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8779 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
8780 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
8781 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8783 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8784 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8785 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(
8786 LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy,
8787 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8788 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
8789 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8793 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
8794 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8797 // Diagnose "string literal" '+' int and string '+' "char literal".
8798 if (Opc == BO_Add) {
8799 diagnoseStringPlusInt(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8800 diagnoseStringPlusChar(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8803 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
8804 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
8805 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8809 // Type-checking. Ultimately the pointer's going to be in PExp;
8810 // note that we bias towards the LHS being the pointer.
8811 Expr *PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get();
8814 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
8815 isObjCPointer = false;
8816 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8817 isObjCPointer = true;
8819 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
8820 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
8821 isObjCPointer = false;
8822 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8823 isObjCPointer = true;
8825 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8828 assert(PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8830 if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType())
8831 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8833 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp))
8836 if (isObjCPointer && checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, PExp))
8839 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
8840 CheckArrayAccess(PExp, IExp);
8843 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
8844 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
8845 LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8846 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
8847 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
8852 return PExp->getType();
8856 QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8858 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
8859 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8861 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8862 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8863 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(
8864 LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy,
8865 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8866 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
8867 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8871 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
8872 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8875 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
8877 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
8878 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
8879 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8883 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
8884 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
8885 QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType();
8887 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
8888 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8889 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
8892 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
8893 if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
8894 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
8897 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
8898 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), /*ArraySubscriptExpr*/nullptr,
8899 /*AllowOnePastEnd*/true, /*IndexNegated*/true);
8901 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8902 return LHS.get()->getType();
8905 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
8906 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy
8907 = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
8908 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
8910 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8911 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
8912 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
8913 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8916 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
8917 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
8918 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
8919 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
8920 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8925 if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc,
8926 LHS.get(), RHS.get()))
8929 // The pointee type may have zero size. As an extension, a structure or
8930 // union may have zero size or an array may have zero length. In this
8931 // case subtraction does not make sense.
8932 if (!rpointee->isVoidType() && !rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
8933 CharUnits ElementSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(rpointee);
8934 if (ElementSize.isZero()) {
8935 Diag(Loc,diag::warn_sub_ptr_zero_size_types)
8936 << rpointee.getUnqualifiedType()
8937 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8941 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8942 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
8946 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8949 static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) {
8950 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
8951 return ET->getDecl()->isScoped();
8955 static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8956 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
8958 // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS (more defined),
8959 // so skip remaining warnings as we don't want to modify values within Sema.
8960 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL)
8964 // Check right/shifter operand
8965 if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
8966 !RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Right, S.Context))
8969 if (Right.isNegative()) {
8970 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
8971 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative)
8972 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8975 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
8976 S.Context.getTypeSize(LHS.get()->getType()));
8977 if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) {
8978 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
8979 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth)
8980 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8986 // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which
8987 // according to C++ has undefined behavior ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned
8988 // integers have defined behavior modulo one more than the maximum value
8989 // representable in the result type, so never warn for those.
8991 if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
8992 LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() ||
8993 !LHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Left, S.Context))
8996 // If LHS does not have a signed type and non-negative value
8997 // then, the behavior is undefined. Warn about it.
8998 if (Left.isNegative() && !S.getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined()) {
8999 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, LHS.get(),
9000 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_lhs_negative)
9001 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange());
9005 llvm::APInt ResultBits =
9006 static_cast<llvm::APInt&>(Right) + Left.getMinSignedBits();
9007 if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits))
9009 llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue());
9010 Result = Result.shl(Right);
9012 // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned
9013 // hexadecimal number.
9014 SmallString<40> HexResult;
9015 Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true);
9017 // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual
9018 // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the
9019 // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be
9020 // turned off separately if needed.
9021 if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) {
9022 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit)
9023 << HexResult << LHSType
9024 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9028 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth)
9029 << HexResult.str() << Result.getMinSignedBits() << LHSType
9030 << Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9031 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9034 /// \brief Return the resulting type when a vector is shifted
9035 /// by a scalar or vector shift amount.
9036 static QualType checkVectorShift(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9037 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
9038 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says RHS can be a vector only if LHS is a vector.
9039 if ((S.LangOpts.OpenCL || S.LangOpts.ZVector) &&
9040 !LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
9041 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_shift_rhs_only_vector)
9042 << RHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getType()
9043 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9047 if (!IsCompAssign) {
9048 LHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
9049 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
9052 RHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
9053 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
9055 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9056 // Note that LHS might be a scalar because the routine calls not only in
9058 const VectorType *LHSVecTy = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
9059 QualType LHSEleType = LHSVecTy ? LHSVecTy->getElementType() : LHSType;
9061 // Note that RHS might not be a vector.
9062 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9063 const VectorType *RHSVecTy = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
9064 QualType RHSEleType = RHSVecTy ? RHSVecTy->getElementType() : RHSType;
9066 // The operands need to be integers.
9067 if (!LHSEleType->isIntegerType()) {
9068 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int)
9069 << LHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9073 if (!RHSEleType->isIntegerType()) {
9074 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int)
9075 << RHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9083 if (LHSEleType != RHSEleType) {
9084 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(),RHSEleType, CK_IntegralCast);
9085 LHSEleType = RHSEleType;
9088 S.Context.getExtVectorType(LHSEleType, RHSVecTy->getNumElements());
9089 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat);
9091 } else if (RHSVecTy) {
9092 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says that for vector types, the operators
9093 // are applied component-wise. So if RHS is a vector, then ensure
9094 // that the number of elements is the same as LHS...
9095 if (RHSVecTy->getNumElements() != LHSVecTy->getNumElements()) {
9096 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_lengths_not_equal)
9097 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
9098 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9101 if (!S.LangOpts.OpenCL && !S.LangOpts.ZVector) {
9102 const BuiltinType *LHSBT = LHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>();
9103 const BuiltinType *RHSBT = RHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>();
9104 if (LHSBT != RHSBT &&
9105 S.Context.getTypeSize(LHSBT) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RHSBT)) {
9106 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_vector_element_sizes_not_equal)
9107 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
9108 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9112 // ...else expand RHS to match the number of elements in LHS.
9114 S.Context.getExtVectorType(RHSEleType, LHSVecTy->getNumElements());
9115 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat);
9122 QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9123 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
9124 bool IsCompAssign) {
9125 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
9127 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
9128 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
9129 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
9130 if (LangOpts.ZVector) {
9131 // The shift operators for the z vector extensions work basically
9132 // like general shifts, except that neither the LHS nor the RHS is
9133 // allowed to be a "vector bool".
9134 if (auto LHSVecType = LHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
9135 if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
9136 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9137 if (auto RHSVecType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
9138 if (RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
9139 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9141 return checkVectorShift(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
9144 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
9145 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
9147 // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away
9148 // if this is a compound assignment.
9149 ExprResult OldLHS = LHS;
9150 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
9151 if (LHS.isInvalid())
9153 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9154 if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS;
9156 // The RHS is simpler.
9157 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
9158 if (RHS.isInvalid())
9160 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9162 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
9163 if (!LHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
9164 !RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
9165 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9167 // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than
9168 // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this.
9169 if (isScopedEnumerationType(LHSType) ||
9170 isScopedEnumerationType(RHSType)) {
9171 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9173 // Sanity-check shift operands
9174 DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType);
9176 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
9180 static bool IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(Decl *D) {
9181 if (DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()) {
9182 if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC))
9184 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
9185 return FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
9190 /// If two different enums are compared, raise a warning.
9191 static void checkEnumComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS,
9193 QualType LHSStrippedType = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
9194 QualType RHSStrippedType = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
9196 const EnumType *LHSEnumType = LHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
9199 const EnumType *RHSEnumType = RHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
9203 // Ignore anonymous enums.
9204 if (!LHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
9206 if (!RHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
9209 if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType))
9212 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comparison_of_mixed_enum_types)
9213 << LHSStrippedType << RHSStrippedType
9214 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
9217 /// \brief Diagnose bad pointer comparisons.
9218 static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9219 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9221 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers
9222 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
9223 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
9224 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9227 /// \brief Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type,
9229 static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9230 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) {
9231 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
9232 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
9233 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
9234 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
9235 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
9237 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
9238 // comparisons of pointers.
9240 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9241 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9242 assert(LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isPointerType() ||
9243 LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType());
9245 QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9247 if ((LHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType()) &&
9248 (RHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType()))
9249 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/true);
9251 S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9255 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), T, CK_BitCast);
9256 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), T, CK_BitCast);
9260 static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9264 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void
9265 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
9266 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
9267 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9270 static bool isObjCObjectLiteral(ExprResult &E) {
9271 switch (E.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getStmtClass()) {
9272 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
9273 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
9274 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
9275 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
9278 // Note that ObjCBoolLiteral is NOT an object literal!
9283 static bool hasIsEqualMethod(Sema &S, const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS) {
9284 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Type =
9285 LHS->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
9287 // If this is not actually an Objective-C object, bail out.
9291 // Get the LHS object's interface type.
9292 QualType InterfaceType = Type->getPointeeType();
9294 // If the RHS isn't an Objective-C object, bail out.
9295 if (!RHS->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9298 // Try to find the -isEqual: method.
9299 Selector IsEqualSel = S.NSAPIObj->getIsEqualSelector();
9300 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.LookupMethodInObjectType(IsEqualSel,
9304 if (Type->isObjCIdType()) {
9305 // For 'id', just check the global pool.
9306 Method = S.LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(IsEqualSel, SourceRange(),
9307 /*receiverId=*/true);
9310 Method = S.LookupMethodInQualifiedType(IsEqualSel, Type,
9318 QualType T = Method->parameters()[0]->getType();
9319 if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9322 QualType R = Method->getReturnType();
9323 if (!R->isScalarType())
9329 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Sema::CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE) {
9330 FromE = FromE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9331 switch (FromE->getStmtClass()) {
9334 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
9337 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
9340 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
9341 // "dictionary literal"
9342 return LK_Dictionary;
9343 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
9345 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: {
9346 Expr *Inner = cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(FromE)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
9347 switch (Inner->getStmtClass()) {
9348 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
9349 case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
9350 case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
9351 case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
9352 case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
9353 // "numeric literal"
9355 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
9356 CastKind CK = cast<CastExpr>(Inner)->getCastKind();
9357 // Boolean literals can be represented by implicit casts.
9358 if (CK == CK_IntegralToBoolean || CK == CK_IntegralCast)
9371 static void diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9372 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9373 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc){
9376 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS)) {
9377 Literal = LHS.get();
9380 Literal = RHS.get();
9384 // Don't warn on comparisons against nil.
9385 Other = Other->IgnoreParenCasts();
9386 if (Other->isNullPointerConstant(S.getASTContext(),
9387 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
9390 // This should be kept in sync with warn_objc_literal_comparison.
9391 // LK_String should always be after the other literals, since it has its own
9393 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind = S.CheckLiteralKind(Literal);
9394 assert(LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block);
9395 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_None) {
9396 llvm_unreachable("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind");
9399 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_String)
9400 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_string_literal_comparison)
9401 << Literal->getSourceRange();
9403 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_literal_comparison)
9404 << LiteralKind << Literal->getSourceRange();
9406 if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) &&
9407 hasIsEqualMethod(S, LHS.get(), RHS.get())) {
9408 SourceLocation Start = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
9409 SourceLocation End = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
9410 CharSourceRange OpRange =
9411 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc));
9413 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_objc_literal_comparison_isequal)
9414 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Start, Opc == BO_EQ ? "[" : "![")
9415 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, " isEqual:")
9416 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(End, "]");
9420 /// Warns on !x < y, !x & y where !(x < y), !(x & y) was probably intended.
9421 static void diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
9422 ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9423 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
9424 // Check that left hand side is !something.
9425 UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts());
9426 if (!UO || UO->getOpcode() != UO_LNot) return;
9428 // Only check if the right hand side is non-bool arithmetic type.
9429 if (RHS.get()->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return;
9431 // Make sure that the something in !something is not bool.
9432 Expr *SubExpr = UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
9433 if (SubExpr->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return;
9436 bool IsBitwiseOp = Opc == BO_And || Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor;
9437 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_not_on_lhs_of_check)
9438 << Loc << IsBitwiseOp;
9440 // First note suggest !(x < y)
9441 SourceLocation FirstOpen = SubExpr->getLocStart();
9442 SourceLocation FirstClose = RHS.get()->getLocEnd();
9443 FirstClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstClose);
9444 if (FirstClose.isInvalid())
9445 FirstOpen = SourceLocation();
9446 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_fix)
9448 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstOpen, "(")
9449 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstClose, ")");
9451 // Second note suggests (!x) < y
9452 SourceLocation SecondOpen = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
9453 SourceLocation SecondClose = LHS.get()->getLocEnd();
9454 SecondClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondClose);
9455 if (SecondClose.isInvalid())
9456 SecondOpen = SourceLocation();
9457 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_silence_with_parens)
9458 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondOpen, "(")
9459 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondClose, ")");
9462 // Get the decl for a simple expression: a reference to a variable,
9463 // an implicit C++ field reference, or an implicit ObjC ivar reference.
9464 static ValueDecl *getCompareDecl(Expr *E) {
9465 if (DeclRefExpr* DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
9466 return DR->getDecl();
9467 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr* Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) {
9468 if (Ivar->isFreeIvar())
9469 return Ivar->getDecl();
9471 if (MemberExpr* Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9472 if (Mem->isImplicitAccess())
9473 return Mem->getMemberDecl();
9478 // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
9479 QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9480 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
9481 bool IsRelational) {
9482 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/true);
9484 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
9485 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
9486 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
9487 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsRelational);
9489 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9490 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9492 Expr *LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9493 Expr *RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9495 checkEnumComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
9496 diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc);
9498 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
9499 !(LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && IsRelational) &&
9500 !LHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
9501 !RHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
9502 !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
9503 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
9504 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
9505 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
9507 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro
9508 // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self
9509 // comparisons within a template specialization. The warnings should catch
9510 // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to
9511 // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same
9513 ValueDecl *DL = getCompareDecl(LHSStripped);
9514 ValueDecl *DR = getCompareDecl(RHSStripped);
9515 if (DL && DR && DL == DR && !IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(DL)) {
9516 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
9521 } else if (DL && DR && LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType() &&
9522 !DL->getType()->isReferenceType() &&
9523 !DR->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9524 // what is it always going to eval to?
9525 char always_evals_to;
9527 case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2
9528 always_evals_to = 0; // false
9530 case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2
9531 always_evals_to = 1; // true
9534 // best we can say is 'a constant'
9535 always_evals_to = 2; // e.g. array1 <= array2
9538 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
9540 << always_evals_to);
9543 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
9544 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
9545 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
9546 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
9548 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
9549 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
9550 Expr *literalString = nullptr;
9551 Expr *literalStringStripped = nullptr;
9552 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
9553 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
9554 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
9555 literalString = LHS.get();
9556 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
9557 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
9558 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
9559 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
9560 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
9561 literalString = RHS.get();
9562 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
9565 if (literalString) {
9566 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
9567 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
9568 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
9569 << literalString->getSourceRange());
9573 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
9574 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
9575 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
9578 LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9579 RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9581 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
9582 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
9585 if (LHSType->isRealType() && RHSType->isRealType())
9588 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
9589 if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
9590 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
9592 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType())
9596 const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind LHSNullKind =
9597 LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
9598 const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind RHSNullKind =
9599 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
9600 bool LHSIsNull = LHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
9601 bool RHSIsNull = RHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
9603 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) {
9604 bool IsEquality = Opc == BO_EQ;
9606 DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(LHS.get(), RHSNullKind, IsEquality,
9607 RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
9609 DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(RHS.get(), LHSNullKind, IsEquality,
9610 LHS.get()->getSourceRange());
9613 if ((LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSIsNull) ||
9614 (RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSIsNull)) {
9615 // Skip normal pointer conversion checks in this case; we have better
9616 // diagnostics for this below.
9617 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9618 // Equality comparison of a function pointer to a void pointer is invalid,
9619 // but we allow it as an extension.
9620 // FIXME: If we really want to allow this, should it be part of composite
9621 // pointer type computation so it works in conditionals too?
9622 if (!IsRelational &&
9623 ((LHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) ||
9624 (RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isVoidPointerType()))) {
9625 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
9626 // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain
9627 // conformance with the C++ standard.
9628 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(
9629 *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ (bool)isSFINAEContext());
9631 if (isSFINAEContext())
9634 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
9639 // If at least one operand is a pointer [...] bring them to their
9640 // composite pointer type.
9641 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
9642 // If both operands are pointers, [...] bring them to their composite
9644 if ((int)LHSType->isPointerType() + (int)RHSType->isPointerType() >=
9645 (IsRelational ? 2 : 1) &&
9646 (!LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount ||
9647 !(LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9648 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) {
9649 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
9654 } else if (LHSType->isPointerType() &&
9655 RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
9656 // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except
9657 // when handling null pointer constants.
9658 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
9659 LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
9660 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
9661 RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
9663 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
9664 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
9665 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
9666 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
9667 if (IsRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
9668 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
9669 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9670 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9672 } else if (!IsRelational &&
9673 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
9674 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
9675 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
9676 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9677 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
9681 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/false);
9683 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) {
9684 // Treat NULL constant as a special case in OpenCL.
9685 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
9686 const PointerType *LHSPtr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
9687 if (!LHSPtr->isAddressSpaceOverlapping(*RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())) {
9689 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
9690 << LHSType << RHSType << 0 /* comparison */
9691 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9694 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace();
9695 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace();
9696 CastKind Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion
9698 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9699 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, Kind);
9701 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind);
9706 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9708 // Two operands of type std::nullptr_t or one operand of type
9709 // std::nullptr_t and the other a null pointer constant compare equal.
9710 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull && RHSIsNull) {
9711 if (LHSType->isNullPtrType()) {
9712 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9715 if (RHSType->isNullPtrType()) {
9716 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9721 // Comparison of Objective-C pointers and block pointers against nullptr_t.
9722 // These aren't covered by the composite pointer type rules.
9723 if (!IsRelational && RHSType->isNullPtrType() &&
9724 (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())) {
9725 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9728 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->isNullPtrType() &&
9729 (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())) {
9730 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9735 ((LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) ||
9736 (RHSType->isNullPtrType() && LHSType->isPointerType()))) {
9737 // HACK: Relational comparison of nullptr_t against a pointer type is
9738 // invalid per DR583, but we allow it within std::less<> and friends,
9739 // since otherwise common uses of it break.
9740 // FIXME: Consider removing this hack once LWG fixes std::less<> and
9741 // friends to have std::nullptr_t overload candidates.
9742 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
9743 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC))
9744 DC = DC->getParent();
9745 if (auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC)) {
9746 if (CTSD->isInStdNamespace() &&
9747 llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(CTSD->getName())
9748 .Cases("less", "less_equal", "greater", "greater_equal", true)
9750 if (RHSType->isNullPtrType())
9751 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9753 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9760 // If at least one operand is a pointer to member, [...] bring them to
9761 // their composite pointer type.
9762 if (!IsRelational &&
9763 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())) {
9764 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
9770 // Handle scoped enumeration types specifically, since they don't promote
9772 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isEnumeralType() &&
9773 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS.get()->getType(),
9774 RHS.get()->getType()))
9778 // Handle block pointer types.
9779 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
9780 RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
9781 QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
9782 QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
9784 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
9785 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
9786 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
9787 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9788 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9790 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
9794 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
9796 && ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType())
9797 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
9798 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
9799 if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
9800 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
9801 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
9802 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
9803 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
9804 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9805 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9807 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9808 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
9809 RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
9810 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
9812 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
9813 LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
9814 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
9818 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9819 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
9820 const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
9821 const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
9823 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
9824 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
9826 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
9827 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
9828 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
9831 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
9832 Expr *E = LHS.get();
9833 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
9834 CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), RHSType, E,
9835 CCK_ImplicitConversion);
9836 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, RHSType,
9837 RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
9840 Expr *E = RHS.get();
9841 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
9842 CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), LHSType, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion,
9844 /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, Opc);
9845 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, LHSType,
9846 LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
9850 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9851 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
9852 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHSType, RHSType))
9853 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
9855 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS) || isObjCObjectLiteral(RHS))
9856 diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, Opc);
9858 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9859 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
9861 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
9865 if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
9866 (LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) {
9867 unsigned DiagID = 0;
9868 bool isError = false;
9869 if (LangOpts.DebuggerSupport) {
9870 // Under a debugger, allow the comparison of pointers to integers,
9871 // since users tend to want to compare addresses.
9872 } else if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
9873 (RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) {
9875 isError = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9877 isError ? diag::err_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero
9878 : diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
9880 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9881 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
9883 } else if (IsRelational)
9884 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
9886 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
9890 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9891 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9896 if (LHSType->isIntegerType())
9897 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
9898 LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
9900 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
9901 RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
9905 // Handle block pointers.
9906 if (!IsRelational && RHSIsNull
9907 && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
9908 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9911 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull
9912 && LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
9913 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9917 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) {
9918 if (LHSIsNull && RHSType->isQueueT()) {
9919 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9923 if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHSIsNull) {
9924 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9929 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9932 // Return a signed ext_vector_type that is of identical size and number of
9933 // elements. For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical
9934 // size and number of elements. In the non ext_vector_type case, search from
9935 // the largest type to the smallest type to avoid cases where long long == long,
9936 // where long gets picked over long long.
9937 QualType Sema::GetSignedVectorType(QualType V) {
9938 const VectorType *VTy = V->getAs<VectorType>();
9939 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
9941 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(VTy)) {
9942 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy))
9943 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9944 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy))
9945 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9946 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
9947 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9948 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
9949 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9950 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
9951 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
9952 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9955 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy))
9956 return Context.getVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9957 VectorType::GenericVector);
9958 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
9959 return Context.getVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9960 VectorType::GenericVector);
9961 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
9962 return Context.getVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9963 VectorType::GenericVector);
9964 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy))
9965 return Context.getVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9966 VectorType::GenericVector);
9967 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy) &&
9968 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
9969 return Context.getVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9970 VectorType::GenericVector);
9973 /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
9974 /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
9975 /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
9977 QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9979 bool IsRelational) {
9980 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
9981 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
9982 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
9983 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
9984 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
9988 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9990 // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e.
9991 // bool for C++, int for C
9992 if (getLangOpts().AltiVec &&
9993 vType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector)
9994 return Context.getLogicalOperationType();
9996 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
9997 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
9998 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
9999 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() && !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
10000 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL
10001 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
10002 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR
10003 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
10004 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
10005 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
10006 PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
10008 << 2 // "a constant"
10012 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
10013 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
10014 assert (RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation());
10015 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
10018 // Return a signed type for the vector.
10019 return GetSignedVectorType(vType);
10022 QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10023 SourceLocation Loc) {
10024 // Ensure that either both operands are of the same vector type, or
10025 // one operand is of a vector type and the other is of its element type.
10026 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, false,
10027 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
10028 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
10029 if (vType.isNull())
10030 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10031 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 &&
10032 vType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
10033 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10034 // FIXME: The check for C++ here is for GCC compatibility. GCC rejects the
10035 // usage of the logical operators && and || with vectors in C. This
10036 // check could be notionally dropped.
10037 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10038 !(isa<ExtVectorType>(vType->getAs<VectorType>())))
10039 return InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10041 return GetSignedVectorType(LHS.get()->getType());
10044 inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10045 SourceLocation Loc,
10046 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
10047 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
10049 bool IsCompAssign =
10050 Opc == BO_AndAssign || Opc == BO_OrAssign || Opc == BO_XorAssign;
10052 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
10053 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
10054 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
10055 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
10056 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
10057 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
10058 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
10059 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10063 diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc);
10065 ExprResult LHSResult = LHS, RHSResult = RHS;
10066 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHSResult, RHSResult,
10068 if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid())
10070 LHS = LHSResult.get();
10071 RHS = RHSResult.get();
10073 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
10075 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10079 inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10080 SourceLocation Loc,
10081 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
10082 // Check vector operands differently.
10083 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
10084 return CheckVectorLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc);
10086 // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a
10087 // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS
10089 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
10090 !LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
10091 RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
10092 // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations.
10093 !Loc.isMacroID() && !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
10094 // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something
10095 // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that
10096 // happened to fold to true/false) then warn.
10097 // Parens on the RHS are ignored.
10098 llvm::APSInt Result;
10099 if (RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
10100 if ((getLangOpts().Bool && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
10101 !RHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) ||
10102 (Result != 0 && Result != 1)) {
10103 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise)
10104 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()
10105 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||");
10106 // Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version
10107 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator)
10108 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|")
10109 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(
10110 Loc, getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)),
10111 Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|");
10112 if (Opc == BO_LAnd)
10113 // Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()"
10114 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant)
10115 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
10116 SourceRange(getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
10117 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()));
10121 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10122 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.g: The logical operators and (&&), or (||) do
10123 // not operate on the built-in scalar and vector float types.
10124 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
10125 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
10126 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType() ||
10127 RHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType())
10128 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10131 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
10132 if (LHS.isInvalid())
10135 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
10136 if (RHS.isInvalid())
10139 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() ||
10140 !RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType())
10141 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10143 return Context.IntTy;
10146 // The following is safe because we only use this method for
10147 // non-overloadable operands.
10149 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
10150 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
10151 // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool.
10152 ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(LHS.get());
10153 if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
10154 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10157 ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(RHS.get());
10158 if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
10159 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10162 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
10163 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
10164 // The result is a bool.
10165 return Context.BoolTy;
10168 static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
10169 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
10170 if (!ME) return false;
10171 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) return false;
10172 ObjCMessageExpr *Base = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(
10173 ME->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
10174 if (!Base) return false;
10175 return Base->getMethodDecl() != nullptr;
10178 /// Is the given expression (which must be 'const') a reference to a
10179 /// variable which was originally non-const, but which has become
10180 /// 'const' due to being captured within a block?
10181 enum NonConstCaptureKind { NCCK_None, NCCK_Block, NCCK_Lambda };
10182 static NonConstCaptureKind isReferenceToNonConstCapture(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
10183 assert(E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified());
10184 E = E->IgnoreParens();
10186 // Must be a reference to a declaration from an enclosing scope.
10187 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
10188 if (!DRE) return NCCK_None;
10189 if (!DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) return NCCK_None;
10191 // The declaration must be a variable which is not declared 'const'.
10192 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10193 if (!var) return NCCK_None;
10194 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) return NCCK_None;
10195 assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?");
10197 // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda.
10198 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext, *Prev = nullptr;
10199 // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda.
10201 // For init-capture, it is possible that the variable belongs to the
10202 // template pattern of the current context.
10203 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
10204 if (var->isInitCapture() &&
10205 FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern() == var->getDeclContext())
10207 if (DC == var->getDeclContext())
10210 DC = DC->getParent();
10212 // Unless we have an init-capture, we've gone one step too far.
10213 if (!var->isInitCapture())
10215 return (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) ? NCCK_Block : NCCK_Lambda);
10218 static bool IsTypeModifiable(QualType Ty, bool IsDereference) {
10219 Ty = Ty.getNonReferenceType();
10220 if (IsDereference && Ty->isPointerType())
10221 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
10222 return !Ty.isConstQualified();
10225 /// Emit the "read-only variable not assignable" error and print notes to give
10226 /// more information about why the variable is not assignable, such as pointing
10227 /// to the declaration of a const variable, showing that a method is const, or
10228 /// that the function is returning a const reference.
10229 static void DiagnoseConstAssignment(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
10230 SourceLocation Loc) {
10231 // Update err_typecheck_assign_const and note_typecheck_assign_const
10232 // when this enum is changed.
10238 ConstUnknown, // Keep as last element
10241 SourceRange ExprRange = E->getSourceRange();
10243 // Only emit one error on the first const found. All other consts will emit
10244 // a note to the error.
10245 bool DiagnosticEmitted = false;
10247 // Track if the current expression is the result of a dereference, and if the
10248 // next checked expression is the result of a dereference.
10249 bool IsDereference = false;
10250 bool NextIsDereference = false;
10252 // Loop to process MemberExpr chains.
10254 IsDereference = NextIsDereference;
10256 E = E->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10257 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
10258 NextIsDereference = ME->isArrow();
10259 const ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl();
10260 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
10261 // Mutable fields can be modified even if the class is const.
10262 if (Field->isMutable()) {
10263 assert(DiagnosticEmitted && "Expected diagnostic not emitted.");
10267 if (!IsTypeModifiable(Field->getType(), IsDereference)) {
10268 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10269 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
10270 << ExprRange << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field
10271 << Field->getType();
10272 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10274 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10275 << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field << Field->getType()
10276 << Field->getSourceRange();
10280 } else if (const VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
10281 if (VDecl->getType().isConstQualified()) {
10282 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10283 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
10284 << ExprRange << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl
10285 << VDecl->getType();
10286 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10288 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10289 << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl << VDecl->getType()
10290 << VDecl->getSourceRange();
10292 // Static fields do not inherit constness from parents.
10296 } // End MemberExpr
10300 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
10302 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
10303 if (FD && !IsTypeModifiable(FD->getReturnType(), IsDereference)) {
10304 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10305 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange
10306 << ConstFunction << FD;
10307 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10309 S.Diag(FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
10310 diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10311 << ConstFunction << FD << FD->getReturnType()
10312 << FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
10314 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
10315 // Point to variable declaration.
10316 if (const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl()) {
10317 if (!IsTypeModifiable(VD->getType(), IsDereference)) {
10318 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10319 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
10320 << ExprRange << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType();
10321 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10323 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10324 << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType() << VD->getSourceRange();
10327 } else if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
10328 if (const DeclContext *DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext()) {
10329 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
10330 if (MD->isConst()) {
10331 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10332 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange
10333 << ConstMethod << MD;
10334 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10336 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10337 << ConstMethod << MD << MD->getSourceRange();
10343 if (DiagnosticEmitted)
10346 // Can't determine a more specific message, so display the generic error.
10347 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange << ConstUnknown;
10350 /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
10351 /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
10352 static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
10353 assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
10355 S.CheckShadowingDeclModification(E, Loc);
10357 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
10358 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
10360 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S))
10361 IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression;
10362 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
10365 unsigned DiagID = 0;
10366 bool NeedType = false;
10367 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
10368 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified:
10369 // Use a specialized diagnostic when we're assigning to an object
10370 // from an enclosing function or block.
10371 if (NonConstCaptureKind NCCK = isReferenceToNonConstCapture(S, E)) {
10372 if (NCCK == NCCK_Block)
10373 DiagID = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10375 DiagID = diag::err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10379 // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we
10380 // infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables.
10381 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
10382 DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts());
10383 if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) {
10384 VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl());
10386 // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the
10387 // user actually wrote 'const'.
10388 if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() &&
10389 (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() ||
10390 !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) {
10391 // There are two pseudo-strong cases:
10393 ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl();
10394 if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl())
10395 DiagID = method->isClassMethod()
10396 ? diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method
10397 : diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self;
10399 // - fast enumeration variables
10401 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration;
10403 SourceRange Assign;
10404 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
10405 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
10406 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
10407 // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool
10414 // If none of the special cases above are triggered, then this is a
10415 // simple const assignment.
10417 DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc);
10422 case Expr::MLV_ConstAddrSpace:
10423 DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc);
10425 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
10426 case Expr::MLV_ArrayTemporary:
10427 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10430 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
10431 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10434 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
10435 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
10437 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
10438 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
10439 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
10440 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
10441 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
10442 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10444 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
10445 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
10446 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
10447 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue, E);
10448 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
10449 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
10451 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
10452 llvm_unreachable("readonly properties should be processed differently");
10453 case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression:
10454 DiagID = diag::err_readonly_message_assignment;
10456 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
10457 DiagID = diag::err_no_subobject_property_setting;
10461 SourceRange Assign;
10462 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
10463 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
10465 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
10467 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
10471 static void CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
10472 SourceLocation Loc,
10475 MemberExpr *ML = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
10476 MemberExpr *MR = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
10477 if (ML && MR && ML->getMemberDecl() == MR->getMemberDecl()) {
10478 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ML->getBase()) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(MR->getBase()))
10479 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 0;
10482 // Objective-C instance variables
10483 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OL = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
10484 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
10485 if (OL && OR && OL->getDecl() == OR->getDecl()) {
10486 DeclRefExpr *RL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OL->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
10487 DeclRefExpr *RR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OR->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
10488 if (RL && RR && RL->getDecl() == RR->getDecl())
10489 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 1;
10494 QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS,
10495 SourceLocation Loc,
10496 QualType CompoundType) {
10497 assert(!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
10499 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
10500 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHSExpr, Loc, *this))
10503 QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType();
10504 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() :
10506 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1 p2:
10507 // The half data type can only be used to declare a pointer to a buffer that
10508 // contains half values
10509 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") &&
10510 LHSType->isHalfType()) {
10511 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_half_load_store) << 1
10512 << LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
10516 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
10517 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
10518 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get();
10520 CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHSExpr, RHSCheck, Loc, *this);
10522 QualType LHSTy(LHSType);
10523 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
10524 if (RHS.isInvalid())
10526 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
10527 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
10528 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
10529 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
10530 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
10531 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
10532 ConvTy = Compatible;
10534 if (ConvTy == Compatible &&
10535 LHSType->isObjCObjectType())
10536 Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_object_assignment)
10539 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
10540 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
10541 // instead of "x += 4".
10542 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
10543 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
10544 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
10545 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ||
10546 UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) &&
10547 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
10548 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
10549 Loc.getLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
10550 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
10551 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
10552 Loc.getLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
10553 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
10554 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
10555 << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-")
10556 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
10560 if (ConvTy == Compatible) {
10561 if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
10562 // Warn about retain cycles where a block captures the LHS, but
10563 // not if the LHS is a simple variable into which the block is
10564 // being stored...unless that variable can be captured by reference!
10565 const Expr *InnerLHS = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
10566 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InnerLHS);
10567 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl()->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
10568 checkRetainCycles(LHSExpr, RHS.get());
10571 if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
10572 LHSType.isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) {
10573 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
10574 // Although this code can still have problems:
10575 // id x = self.weakProp;
10576 // id y = self.weakProp;
10577 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
10578 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
10579 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
10580 // For ObjCWeak only, we do not warn if the assign is to a non-weak
10581 // variable, which will be valid for the current autorelease scope.
10582 if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
10583 RHS.get()->getLocStart()))
10584 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(RHS.get());
10586 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || getLangOpts().ObjCWeak) {
10587 checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHSExpr, RHS.get());
10591 // Compound assignment "x += y"
10592 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType);
10595 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
10596 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
10599 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHSExpr);
10601 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
10602 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
10603 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
10604 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
10605 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
10606 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
10608 return (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
10609 ? LHSType : LHSType.getUnqualifiedType());
10612 // Only ignore explicit casts to void.
10613 static bool IgnoreCommaOperand(const Expr *E) {
10614 E = E->IgnoreParens();
10616 if (const CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E)) {
10617 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ToVoid) {
10625 // Look for instances where it is likely the comma operator is confused with
10626 // another operator. There is a whitelist of acceptable expressions for the
10627 // left hand side of the comma operator, otherwise emit a warning.
10628 void Sema::DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
10629 // No warnings in macros
10630 if (Loc.isMacroID())
10633 // Don't warn in template instantiations.
10634 if (inTemplateInstantiation())
10637 // Scope isn't fine-grained enough to whitelist the specific cases, so
10638 // instead, skip more than needed, then call back into here with the
10639 // CommaVisitor in SemaStmt.cpp.
10640 // The whitelisted locations are the initialization and increment portions
10641 // of a for loop. The additional checks are on the condition of
10642 // if statements, do/while loops, and for loops.
10643 const unsigned ForIncrementFlags =
10644 Scope::ControlScope | Scope::ContinueScope | Scope::BreakScope;
10645 const unsigned ForInitFlags = Scope::ControlScope | Scope::DeclScope;
10646 const unsigned ScopeFlags = getCurScope()->getFlags();
10647 if ((ScopeFlags & ForIncrementFlags) == ForIncrementFlags ||
10648 (ScopeFlags & ForInitFlags) == ForInitFlags)
10651 // If there are multiple comma operators used together, get the RHS of the
10652 // of the comma operator as the LHS.
10653 while (const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHS)) {
10654 if (BO->getOpcode() != BO_Comma)
10656 LHS = BO->getRHS();
10659 // Only allow some expressions on LHS to not warn.
10660 if (IgnoreCommaOperand(LHS))
10663 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comma_operator);
10664 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::note_cast_to_void)
10665 << LHS->getSourceRange()
10666 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS->getLocStart(),
10667 LangOpts.CPlusPlus ? "static_cast<void>("
10669 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(LHS->getLocEnd()),
10674 static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10675 SourceLocation Loc) {
10676 LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
10677 RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
10678 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
10681 // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its
10682 // operands, but not unary promotions.
10683 // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
10685 // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the
10686 // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS.
10687 LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.get());
10688 if (LHS.isInvalid())
10691 S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get());
10693 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10694 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
10695 if (RHS.isInvalid())
10697 if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType())
10698 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(),
10699 diag::err_incomplete_type);
10702 if (!S.getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_comma_operator, Loc))
10703 S.DiagnoseCommaOperator(LHS.get(), Loc);
10705 return RHS.get()->getType();
10708 /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
10709 /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
10710 static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op,
10712 ExprObjectKind &OK,
10713 SourceLocation OpLoc,
10714 bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) {
10715 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
10716 return S.Context.DependentTy;
10718 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
10719 // Atomic types can be used for increment / decrement where the non-atomic
10720 // versions can, so ignore the _Atomic() specifier for the purpose of
10722 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
10723 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
10725 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
10727 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
10728 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
10730 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
10733 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
10734 S.Diag(OpLoc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_increment_bool
10735 : diag::warn_increment_bool)
10736 << Op->getSourceRange();
10737 } else if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isEnumeralType()) {
10738 // Error on enum increments and decrements in C++ mode
10739 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_increment_decrement_enum) << IsInc << ResType;
10741 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
10743 } else if (ResType->isPointerType()) {
10744 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
10745 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op))
10747 } else if (ResType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
10748 // On modern runtimes, ObjC pointer arithmetic is forbidden.
10749 // Otherwise, we just need a complete type.
10750 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, OpLoc, Op) ||
10751 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S, OpLoc, Op))
10753 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
10754 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
10755 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
10756 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
10757 } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) {
10758 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
10759 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
10760 return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OK, OpLoc,
10762 } else if (S.getLangOpts().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) {
10763 // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 )
10764 } else if (S.getLangOpts().ZVector && ResType->isVectorType() &&
10765 (ResType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() !=
10766 VectorType::AltiVecBool)) {
10767 // The z vector extensions allow ++ and -- for non-bool vectors.
10768 } else if(S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ResType->isVectorType() &&
10769 ResType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) {
10770 // OpenCL V1.2 6.3 says dec/inc ops operate on integer vector types.
10772 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
10773 << ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
10776 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
10777 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
10778 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S))
10780 // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise
10781 // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the
10783 if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10785 OK = Op->getObjectKind();
10789 return ResType.getUnqualifiedType();
10794 /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
10795 /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
10796 /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
10797 /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
10798 /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
10800 /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
10802 /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
10803 /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
10804 /// - &"123"[2] -> 0
10805 /// - & __real__ x -> x
10806 static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
10807 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
10808 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
10809 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
10810 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
10811 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
10812 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
10814 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
10816 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
10817 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
10818 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
10819 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
10820 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
10821 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
10822 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
10823 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
10824 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
10828 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
10829 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
10831 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
10835 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
10840 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
10841 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
10842 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
10843 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
10844 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
10845 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
10854 AO_Vector_Element = 1,
10855 AO_Property_Expansion = 2,
10856 AO_Register_Variable = 3,
10860 /// \brief Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations.
10862 /// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken.
10863 static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10864 Expr *E, unsigned Type) {
10865 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange();
10868 /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
10869 /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
10870 /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
10871 /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
10872 /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
10873 /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
10874 /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
10875 QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &OrigOp, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
10876 if (const BuiltinType *PTy = OrigOp.get()->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()){
10877 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
10878 Expr *E = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
10879 if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(E)) {
10880 assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf);
10881 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof_addrof_function)
10882 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10886 OverloadExpr *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(E);
10887 if (isa<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Ovl))
10888 if (!ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Ovl)) {
10889 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
10890 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10894 return Context.OverloadTy;
10897 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny)
10898 return Context.UnknownAnyTy;
10900 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember) {
10901 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
10902 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10906 OrigOp = CheckPlaceholderExpr(OrigOp.get());
10907 if (OrigOp.isInvalid()) return QualType();
10910 if (OrigOp.get()->isTypeDependent())
10911 return Context.DependentTy;
10913 assert(!OrigOp.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType());
10915 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
10916 Expr *op = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
10918 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
10919 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
10920 Diag(op->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_function_address);
10924 if (getLangOpts().C99) {
10925 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
10926 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
10927 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
10928 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
10929 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
10930 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
10932 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
10933 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
10935 ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
10937 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
10938 if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true,
10939 op->getLocStart()))
10942 Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(Context);
10943 unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error;
10945 if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary || lval == Expr::LV_ArrayTemporary) {
10946 bool sfinae = (bool)isSFINAEContext();
10947 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_temporary
10948 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_temporary)
10949 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
10952 // Materialize the temporary as an lvalue so that we can take its address.
10954 CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(op->getType(), OrigOp.get(), true);
10955 } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) {
10956 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
10957 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) {
10958 // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer.
10959 // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo.
10961 // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up.
10962 if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) {
10963 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
10964 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10967 DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op);
10968 CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10970 // The id-expression was parenthesized.
10971 if (OrigOp.get() != DRE) {
10972 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function)
10973 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10975 // The method was named without a qualifier.
10976 } else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) {
10977 if (MD->getParent()->getName().empty())
10978 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
10979 << op->getSourceRange();
10981 SmallString<32> Str;
10982 StringRef Qual = (MD->getParent()->getName() + "::").toStringRef(Str);
10983 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
10984 << op->getSourceRange()
10985 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(op->getSourceRange().getBegin(), Qual);
10989 // Taking the address of a dtor is illegal per C++ [class.dtor]p2.
10990 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD))
10991 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_addrof_dtor) << op->getSourceRange();
10993 QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType(
10994 op->getType(), Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
10995 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
10996 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
10997 (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy);
10999 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
11001 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
11002 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
11003 // Use a special diagnostic for loads from property references.
11004 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(op)) {
11005 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
11007 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
11008 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
11012 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
11013 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
11014 AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field;
11015 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) {
11016 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
11017 AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element;
11018 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
11019 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
11020 // with the register storage-class specifier.
11021 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
11022 // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register
11023 // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3)
11024 if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register &&
11025 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11026 AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable;
11028 } else if (isa<MSPropertyDecl>(dcl)) {
11029 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
11030 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
11031 return Context.OverloadTy;
11032 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) {
11033 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
11034 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
11035 // scope qualifier for the class.
11036 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
11037 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
11038 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
11039 if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
11041 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
11042 << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType();
11046 while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
11047 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
11049 QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType(
11051 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
11052 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
11053 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
11054 (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy);
11058 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl) && !isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(dcl) &&
11059 !isa<BindingDecl>(dcl))
11060 llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type");
11063 if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) {
11064 diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(*this, OpLoc, op, AddressOfError);
11068 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
11069 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
11070 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
11071 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
11072 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
11075 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
11076 if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType())
11077 return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType());
11079 CheckAddressOfPackedMember(op);
11081 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
11084 static void RecordModifiableNonNullParam(Sema &S, const Expr *Exp) {
11085 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Exp);
11088 const Decl *D = DRE->getDecl();
11091 const ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D);
11094 if (const FunctionDecl* FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()))
11095 if (!FD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() && !Param->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>())
11097 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FD = S.getCurFunction())
11098 if (!FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(Param))
11099 FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.insert(Param);
11102 /// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*').
11103 static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK,
11104 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
11105 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
11106 return S.Context.DependentTy;
11108 ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
11109 if (ConvResult.isInvalid())
11111 Op = ConvResult.get();
11112 QualType OpTy = Op->getType();
11115 if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) {
11116 QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType();
11117 S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true,
11118 Op->getSourceRange());
11121 if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>())
11123 Result = PT->getPointeeType();
11125 else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
11126 OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
11127 Result = OPT->getPointeeType();
11129 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
11130 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
11131 if (PR.get() != Op)
11132 return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OpLoc);
11135 if (Result.isNull()) {
11136 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
11137 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
11141 // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if Result
11142 // is an incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about
11143 // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a
11144 // warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes. In C++, indirection is not valid
11145 // for pointers to 'void' but is fine for any other pointer type:
11147 // C++ [expr.unary.op]p1:
11148 // [...] the expression to which [the unary * operator] is applied shall
11149 // be a pointer to an object type, or a pointer to a function type
11150 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result->isVoidType())
11151 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_indirection_through_void_pointer)
11152 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
11154 // Dereferences are usually l-values...
11157 // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C.
11158 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType())
11164 BinaryOperatorKind Sema::ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind) {
11165 BinaryOperatorKind Opc;
11167 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!");
11168 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break;
11169 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break;
11170 case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break;
11171 case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break;
11172 case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break;
11173 case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break;
11174 case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break;
11175 case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break;
11176 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break;
11177 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break;
11178 case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break;
11179 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break;
11180 case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break;
11181 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break;
11182 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break;
11183 case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break;
11184 case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break;
11185 case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break;
11186 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break;
11187 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break;
11188 case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break;
11189 case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break;
11190 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break;
11191 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break;
11192 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break;
11193 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break;
11194 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break;
11195 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break;
11196 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break;
11197 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break;
11198 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break;
11199 case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break;
11204 static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
11205 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
11206 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
11208 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
11209 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break;
11210 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break;
11211 case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break;
11212 case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break;
11213 case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break;
11214 case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break;
11215 case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break;
11216 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break;
11217 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break;
11218 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break;
11219 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break;
11224 /// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself.
11225 /// This warning is only emitted for builtin assignment operations. It is also
11226 /// suppressed in the event of macro expansions.
11227 static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
11228 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
11229 if (S.inTemplateInstantiation())
11231 if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID())
11233 LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11234 RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11235 const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
11236 const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
11237 if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef ||
11238 LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() ||
11239 RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID())
11241 const ValueDecl *LHSDecl =
11242 cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
11243 const ValueDecl *RHSDecl =
11244 cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
11245 if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl)
11247 if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified())
11249 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>())
11250 if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified())
11253 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_assignment)
11254 << LHSDeclRef->getType()
11255 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11258 /// Check if a bitwise-& is performed on an Objective-C pointer. This
11259 /// is usually indicative of introspection within the Objective-C pointer.
11260 static void checkObjCPointerIntrospection(Sema &S, ExprResult &L, ExprResult &R,
11261 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
11262 if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC1)
11265 const Expr *ObjCPointerExpr = nullptr, *OtherExpr = nullptr;
11266 const Expr *LHS = L.get();
11267 const Expr *RHS = R.get();
11269 if (LHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
11270 ObjCPointerExpr = LHS;
11273 else if (RHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
11274 ObjCPointerExpr = RHS;
11278 // This warning is deliberately made very specific to reduce false
11279 // positives with logic that uses '&' for hashing. This logic mainly
11280 // looks for code trying to introspect into tagged pointers, which
11281 // code should generally never do.
11282 if (ObjCPointerExpr && isa<IntegerLiteral>(OtherExpr->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
11283 unsigned Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking;
11284 // Determine if we are introspecting the result of performSelectorXXX.
11285 const Expr *Ex = ObjCPointerExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
11286 // Special case messages to -performSelector and friends, which
11287 // can return non-pointer values boxed in a pointer value.
11288 // Some clients may wish to silence warnings in this subcase.
11289 if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Ex)) {
11290 Selector S = ME->getSelector();
11291 StringRef SelArg0 = S.getNameForSlot(0);
11292 if (SelArg0.startswith("performSelector"))
11293 Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking_performSelector;
11296 S.Diag(OpLoc, Diag)
11297 << ObjCPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
11301 static NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
11304 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
11305 return DRE->getDecl();
11306 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
11307 return ME->getMemberDecl();
11308 if (auto *IRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
11309 return IRE->getDecl();
11313 /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
11314 /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
11315 /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
11316 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
11317 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11318 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11319 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isa<InitListExpr>(RHSExpr)) {
11320 // The syntax only allows initializer lists on the RHS of assignment,
11321 // so we don't need to worry about accepting invalid code for
11322 // non-assignment operators.
11324 // The meaning of x = {v} [...] is that of x = T(v) [...]. The meaning
11325 // of x = {} is x = T().
11326 InitializationKind Kind =
11327 InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(RHSExpr->getLocStart());
11328 InitializedEntity Entity =
11329 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LHSExpr->getType());
11330 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
11331 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
11332 if (Init.isInvalid())
11334 RHSExpr = Init.get();
11337 ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
11338 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
11339 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
11340 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
11341 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
11342 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
11343 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
11345 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11346 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
11347 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
11348 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
11349 LHS = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHSExpr);
11350 RHS = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(RHSExpr, [Opc, LHS](Expr *E) {
11351 if (Opc != BO_Assign)
11352 return ExprResult(E);
11353 // Avoid correcting the RHS to the same Expr as the LHS.
11354 Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E);
11355 return (D && D == getDeclFromExpr(LHS.get())) ? ExprError() : E;
11357 if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable())
11358 return ExprError();
11361 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11362 QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType();
11363 QualType RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType();
11364 // OpenCLC v2.0 s6.13.11.1 allows atomic variables to be initialized by
11365 // the ATOMIC_VAR_INIT macro.
11366 if (LHSTy->isAtomicType() || RHSTy->isAtomicType()) {
11367 SourceRange SR(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
11368 if (BO_Assign == Opc)
11369 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_opencl_atomic_init) << 0 << SR;
11371 ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS);
11372 return ExprError();
11375 // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used
11376 // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here.
11377 if (LHSTy->isImageType() || RHSTy->isImageType() ||
11378 LHSTy->isSamplerT() || RHSTy->isSamplerT() ||
11379 LHSTy->isPipeType() || RHSTy->isPipeType() ||
11380 LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
11381 ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS);
11382 return ExprError();
11388 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, QualType());
11389 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11390 LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) {
11391 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
11392 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
11394 if (!ResultTy.isNull()) {
11395 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
11396 DiagnoseSelfMove(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
11398 RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, LHS.get());
11402 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc,
11403 Opc == BO_PtrMemI);
11407 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false,
11411 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11414 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11417 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11421 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11427 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
11431 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, false);
11434 checkObjCPointerIntrospection(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11438 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11442 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11446 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true,
11447 Opc == BO_DivAssign);
11448 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11449 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11450 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11453 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
11454 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11455 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11456 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11459 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, &CompLHSTy);
11460 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11461 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11464 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
11465 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11466 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11470 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
11471 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11472 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11473 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11476 case BO_OrAssign: // fallthrough
11477 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
11480 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11481 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11482 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11483 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11486 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11487 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) {
11488 VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
11489 OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind();
11493 if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
11494 return ExprError();
11496 // Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator
11497 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get());
11498 CheckArrayAccess(RHS.get());
11500 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
11501 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
11502 &Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
11503 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
11504 if (ObjectSetClass && isa<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get())) {
11505 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
11506 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
11507 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
11508 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OpLoc), ",") <<
11509 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
11512 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
11514 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
11515 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
11516 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, OpLoc, RHS.get());
11518 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
11519 return new (Context) BinaryOperator(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK,
11520 OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures);
11521 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() !=
11524 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
11526 return new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(
11527 LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
11528 OpLoc, FPFeatures);
11531 /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
11532 /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
11533 /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
11534 /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
11535 static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11536 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
11538 BinaryOperator *LHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr);
11539 BinaryOperator *RHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr);
11541 // Check that one of the sides is a comparison operator and the other isn't.
11542 bool isLeftComp = LHSBO && LHSBO->isComparisonOp();
11543 bool isRightComp = RHSBO && RHSBO->isComparisonOp();
11544 if (isLeftComp == isRightComp)
11547 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
11548 // Don't diagnose this.
11549 bool isLeftBitwise = LHSBO && LHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
11550 bool isRightBitwise = RHSBO && RHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
11551 if (isLeftBitwise || isRightBitwise)
11554 SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(),
11556 : SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
11557 StringRef OpStr = isLeftComp ? LHSBO->getOpcodeStr() : RHSBO->getOpcodeStr();
11558 SourceRange ParensRange = isLeftComp ?
11559 SourceRange(LHSBO->getRHS()->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd())
11560 : SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSBO->getLHS()->getLocEnd());
11562 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
11563 << DiagRange << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr;
11564 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
11565 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << OpStr,
11566 (isLeftComp ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr)->getSourceRange());
11567 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
11568 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
11569 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
11573 /// \brief It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one.
11574 /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression
11575 /// in parentheses.
11577 EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11578 BinaryOperator *Bop) {
11579 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd);
11580 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or)
11581 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
11582 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
11583 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
11584 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
11585 Bop->getSourceRange());
11588 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
11590 static bool EvaluatesAsTrue(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
11592 return !E->isValueDependent() &&
11593 E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && Res;
11596 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
11598 static bool EvaluatesAsFalse(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
11600 return !E->isValueDependent() &&
11601 E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && !Res;
11604 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr.
11605 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11606 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11607 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr)) {
11608 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
11609 // If it's "a && b || 0" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11610 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, RHSExpr))
11612 // If it's "1 && a || b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11613 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getLHS()))
11614 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
11615 } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
11616 if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) {
11617 // If it's "a || b && 1 || c" we didn't warn earlier for
11618 // "a || b && 1", but warn now.
11619 if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && EvaluatesAsTrue(S, RBop->getRHS()))
11620 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop);
11626 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr.
11627 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11628 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11629 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr)) {
11630 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
11631 // If it's "0 || a && b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11632 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, LHSExpr))
11634 // If it's "a || b && 1" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11635 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getRHS()))
11636 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
11641 /// \brief Look for bitwise op in the left or right hand of a bitwise op with
11642 /// lower precedence and emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
11643 /// the '&' expression in parentheses.
11644 static void DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Sema &S, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11645 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *SubExpr) {
11646 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) {
11647 if (Bop->isBitwiseOp() && Bop->getOpcode() < Opc) {
11648 S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_op_in_bitwise_op)
11649 << Bop->getOpcodeStr() << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
11650 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
11651 SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
11652 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
11653 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
11654 Bop->getSourceRange());
11659 static void DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11660 Expr *SubExpr, StringRef Shift) {
11661 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) {
11662 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Add || Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
11663 StringRef Op = Bop->getOpcodeStr();
11664 S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_addition_in_bitshift)
11665 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc << Shift << Op;
11666 SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
11667 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << Op,
11668 Bop->getSourceRange());
11673 static void DiagnoseShiftCompare(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11674 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11675 CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(LHSExpr);
11679 FunctionDecl *FD = OCE->getDirectCallee();
11680 if (!FD || !FD->isOverloadedOperator())
11683 OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
11684 if (Kind != OO_LessLess && Kind != OO_GreaterGreater)
11687 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_overloaded_shift_in_comparison)
11688 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11689 << (Kind == OO_LessLess);
11690 SuggestParentheses(S, OCE->getOperatorLoc(),
11691 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
11692 << (Kind == OO_LessLess ? "<<" : ">>"),
11693 OCE->getSourceRange());
11694 SuggestParentheses(S, OpLoc,
11695 S.PDiag(diag::note_evaluate_comparison_first),
11696 SourceRange(OCE->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
11697 RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
11700 /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
11702 static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11703 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
11705 // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
11706 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
11707 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11709 // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3"
11710 if ((Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor) &&
11711 !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
11712 DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr);
11713 DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, RHSExpr);
11716 // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
11717 // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe.
11718 if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
11719 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11720 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11723 if ((Opc == BO_Shl && LHSExpr->getType()->isIntegralType(Self.getASTContext()))
11724 || Opc == BO_Shr) {
11725 StringRef Shift = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc);
11726 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, Shift);
11727 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr, Shift);
11730 // Warn on overloaded shift operators and comparisons, such as:
11732 if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opc))
11733 DiagnoseShiftCompare(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11736 // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
11737 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
11738 tok::TokenKind Kind,
11739 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11740 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
11741 assert(LHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
11742 assert(RHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
11744 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
11745 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11747 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11750 /// Build an overloaded binary operator expression in the given scope.
11751 static ExprResult BuildOverloadedBinOp(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11752 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11753 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
11754 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
11755 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
11756 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
11758 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
11759 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp
11760 = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
11761 if (Sc && OverOp != OO_None && OverOp != OO_Equal)
11762 S.LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, Sc, LHS->getType(),
11763 RHS->getType(), Functions);
11765 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
11766 // binary operation.
11767 return S.CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, LHS, RHS);
11770 ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11771 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11772 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11773 // We want to end up calling one of checkPseudoObjectAssignment
11774 // (if the LHS is a pseudo-object), BuildOverloadedBinOp (if
11775 // both expressions are overloadable or either is type-dependent),
11776 // or CreateBuiltinBinOp (in any other case). We also want to get
11777 // any placeholder types out of the way.
11779 // Handle pseudo-objects in the LHS.
11780 if (const BuiltinType *pty = LHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
11781 // Assignments with a pseudo-object l-value need special analysis.
11782 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
11783 BinaryOperator::isAssignmentOp(Opc))
11784 return checkPseudoObjectAssignment(S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11786 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
11787 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
11788 // We can't actually test that if we still have a placeholder,
11789 // though. Fortunately, none of the exceptions we see in that
11790 // code below are valid when the LHS is an overload set. Note
11791 // that an overload set can be dependently-typed, but it never
11792 // instantiates to having an overloadable type.
11793 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
11794 if (resolvedRHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11795 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get();
11797 if (RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() ||
11798 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
11799 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11802 // If we're instantiating "a.x < b" or "A::x < b" and 'x' names a function
11803 // template, diagnose the missing 'template' keyword instead of diagnosing
11804 // an invalid use of a bound member function.
11806 // Note that "A::x < b" might be valid if 'b' has an overloadable type due
11807 // to C++1z [over.over]/1.4, but we already checked for that case above.
11808 if (Opc == BO_LT && inTemplateInstantiation() &&
11809 (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember ||
11810 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload)) {
11811 auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(LHSExpr);
11812 if (OE && !OE->hasTemplateKeyword() && !OE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() &&
11813 std::any_of(OE->decls_begin(), OE->decls_end(), [](NamedDecl *ND) {
11814 return isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND);
11816 Diag(OE->getQualifier() ? OE->getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc()
11817 : OE->getNameLoc(),
11818 diag::err_template_kw_missing)
11819 << OE->getName().getAsString() << "";
11820 return ExprError();
11824 ExprResult LHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHSExpr);
11825 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11826 LHSExpr = LHS.get();
11829 // Handle pseudo-objects in the RHS.
11830 if (const BuiltinType *pty = RHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
11831 // An overload in the RHS can potentially be resolved by the type
11832 // being assigned to.
11833 if (Opc == BO_Assign && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
11834 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11835 (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() ||
11836 LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()))
11837 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11839 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11842 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
11843 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload &&
11844 LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
11845 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11847 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
11848 if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError();
11849 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get();
11852 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11853 // If either expression is type-dependent, always build an
11855 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())
11856 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11858 // Otherwise, build an overloaded op if either expression has an
11859 // overloadable type.
11860 if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
11861 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
11862 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11865 // Build a built-in binary operation.
11866 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11869 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
11870 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
11872 ExprResult Input = InputExpr;
11873 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
11874 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
11875 QualType resultType;
11876 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11877 QualType Ty = InputExpr->getType();
11878 // The only legal unary operation for atomics is '&'.
11879 if ((Opc != UO_AddrOf && Ty->isAtomicType()) ||
11880 // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used
11881 // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here.
11882 (Ty->isImageType() || Ty->isSamplerT() || Ty->isPipeType()
11883 || Ty->isBlockPointerType())) {
11884 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11885 << InputExpr->getType()
11886 << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11894 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OK,
11896 Opc == UO_PreInc ||
11898 Opc == UO_PreInc ||
11902 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
11903 RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, InputExpr);
11906 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get());
11907 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11908 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc);
11913 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get());
11914 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11915 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
11916 if (resultType->isDependentType())
11918 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
11920 else if (resultType->isVectorType() &&
11921 // The z vector extensions don't allow + or - with bool vectors.
11922 (!Context.getLangOpts().ZVector ||
11923 resultType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() !=
11924 VectorType::AltiVecBool))
11926 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
11928 resultType->isPointerType())
11931 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11932 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11934 case UO_Not: // bitwise complement
11935 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get());
11936 if (Input.isInvalid())
11937 return ExprError();
11938 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
11939 if (resultType->isDependentType())
11941 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
11942 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
11943 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
11944 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
11945 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange();
11946 else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
11948 else if (resultType->isExtVectorType() && Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11949 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.f: The bitwise operator not (~) does not operate
11950 // on vector float types.
11951 QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
11952 if (!T->isIntegerType())
11953 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11954 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11956 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11957 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11961 case UO_LNot: // logical negation
11962 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
11963 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get());
11964 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11965 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
11967 // Though we still have to promote half FP to float...
11968 if (resultType->isHalfType() && !Context.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) {
11969 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
11970 resultType = Context.FloatTy;
11973 if (resultType->isDependentType())
11975 if (resultType->isScalarType() && !isScopedEnumerationType(resultType)) {
11976 // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough;
11977 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11978 // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9:
11979 // operand contextually converted to bool.
11980 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.BoolTy,
11981 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType));
11982 } else if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
11983 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
11984 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
11985 // operate on scalar float types.
11986 if (!resultType->isIntegerType() && !resultType->isPointerType())
11987 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11988 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11990 } else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
11991 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
11992 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
11993 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
11994 // operate on vector float types.
11995 QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
11996 if (!T->isIntegerType())
11997 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11998 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
12000 // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type.
12001 resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType);
12004 // FIXME: GCC's vector extension permits the usage of '!' with a vector
12005 // type in C++. We should allow that here too.
12006 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
12007 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
12010 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
12011 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
12012 resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
12016 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real);
12017 // _Real maps ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values. _Imag maps ordinary
12018 // complex l-values to ordinary l-values and all other values to r-values.
12019 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
12020 if (Opc == UO_Real || Input.get()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
12021 if (Input.get()->getValueKind() != VK_RValue &&
12022 Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)
12023 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
12024 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12025 // In C, a volatile scalar is read by __imag. In C++, it is not.
12026 Input = DefaultLvalueConversion(Input.get());
12030 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
12031 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
12032 OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind();
12035 // It's unnessesary to represent the pass-through operator co_await in the
12036 // AST; just return the input expression instead.
12037 assert(!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() &&
12038 "the co_await expression must be non-dependant before "
12039 "building operator co_await");
12042 if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid())
12043 return ExprError();
12045 // Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator,
12046 // except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially
12047 // by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize]
12048 // that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard).
12049 if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref)
12050 CheckArrayAccess(Input.get());
12052 return new (Context)
12053 UnaryOperator(Input.get(), Opc, resultType, VK, OK, OpLoc);
12056 /// \brief Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member
12057 /// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member
12058 /// with the address-of operator.
12059 static bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E) {
12060 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
12061 if (!DRE->getQualifier())
12064 ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
12065 if (!VD->isCXXClassMember())
12068 if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
12070 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD))
12071 return Method->isInstance();
12076 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
12077 if (!ULE->getQualifier())
12080 for (NamedDecl *D : ULE->decls()) {
12081 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
12082 if (Method->isInstance())
12085 // Overload set does not contain methods.
12096 ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
12097 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input) {
12098 // First things first: handle placeholders so that the
12099 // overloaded-operator check considers the right type.
12100 if (const BuiltinType *pty = Input->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
12101 // Increment and decrement of pseudo-object references.
12102 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
12103 UnaryOperator::isIncrementDecrementOp(Opc))
12104 return checkPseudoObjectIncDec(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
12106 // extension is always a builtin operator.
12107 if (Opc == UO_Extension)
12108 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
12110 // & gets special logic for several kinds of placeholder.
12111 // The builtin code knows what to do.
12112 if (Opc == UO_AddrOf &&
12113 (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload ||
12114 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny ||
12115 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember))
12116 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
12118 // Anything else needs to be handled now.
12119 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input);
12120 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
12121 Input = Result.get();
12124 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
12125 UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None &&
12126 !(Opc == UO_AddrOf && isQualifiedMemberAccess(Input))) {
12127 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
12128 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
12129 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
12131 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
12132 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
12133 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
12134 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
12137 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input);
12140 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
12143 // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
12144 ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
12145 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) {
12146 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input);
12149 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
12150 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
12151 LabelDecl *TheDecl) {
12152 TheDecl->markUsed(Context);
12153 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
12154 return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl,
12155 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
12158 /// Given the last statement in a statement-expression, check whether
12159 /// the result is a producing expression (like a call to an
12160 /// ns_returns_retained function) and, if so, rebuild it to hoist the
12161 /// release out of the full-expression. Otherwise, return null.
12163 static Expr *maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(Stmt *Statement) {
12164 // Should always be wrapped with one of these.
12165 ExprWithCleanups *cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Statement);
12166 if (!cleanups) return nullptr;
12168 ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(cleanups->getSubExpr());
12169 if (!cast || cast->getCastKind() != CK_ARCConsumeObject)
12172 // Splice out the cast. This shouldn't modify any interesting
12173 // features of the statement.
12174 Expr *producer = cast->getSubExpr();
12175 assert(producer->getType() == cast->getType());
12176 assert(producer->getValueKind() == cast->getValueKind());
12177 cleanups->setSubExpr(producer);
12181 void Sema::ActOnStartStmtExpr() {
12182 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
12185 void Sema::ActOnStmtExprError() {
12186 // Note that function is also called by TreeTransform when leaving a
12187 // StmtExpr scope without rebuilding anything.
12189 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12190 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12194 Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
12195 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
12196 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
12197 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
12199 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
12200 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12201 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&
12202 "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!");
12203 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12205 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
12206 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
12207 // More semantic analysis is needed.
12209 // If there are sub-stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
12210 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
12211 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
12212 bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false;
12213 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
12214 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
12215 LabelStmt *LastLabelStmt = nullptr;
12216 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
12217 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) {
12218 LastLabelStmt = Label;
12219 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
12222 if (Expr *LastE = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) {
12223 // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not
12224 // lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type.
12225 ExprResult LastExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LastE);
12226 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
12227 return ExprError();
12228 Ty = LastExpr.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
12230 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && !LastExpr.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
12231 // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice
12232 // the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case
12233 // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result
12234 // initialization will create a produce. In both cases the
12235 // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with
12237 if (Expr *rebuiltLastStmt
12238 = maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(LastExpr.get())) {
12239 LastExpr = rebuiltLastStmt;
12241 LastExpr = PerformCopyInitialization(
12242 InitializedEntity::InitializeResult(LPLoc,
12249 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
12250 return ExprError();
12251 if (LastExpr.get() != nullptr) {
12252 if (!LastLabelStmt)
12253 Compound->setLastStmt(LastExpr.get());
12255 LastLabelStmt->setSubStmt(LastExpr.get());
12256 StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true;
12262 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
12263 // expressions are not lvalues.
12264 Expr *ResStmtExpr = new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
12265 if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp)
12266 return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr);
12267 return ResStmtExpr;
12270 ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12271 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12272 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
12273 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
12274 QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType();
12275 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
12276 SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
12278 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
12279 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
12280 // a struct/union/class.
12281 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
12282 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
12283 << ArgTy << TypeRange);
12285 // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
12286 // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed.
12288 && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy,
12289 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type, TypeRange))
12290 return ExprError();
12292 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
12293 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
12294 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
12295 // a system header!
12296 if (Components.size() != 1)
12297 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
12298 << SourceRange(Components[1].LocStart, Components.back().LocEnd);
12300 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
12301 QualType CurrentType = ArgTy;
12302 SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps;
12303 SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs;
12304 for (const OffsetOfComponent &OC : Components) {
12305 if (OC.isBrackets) {
12306 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
12307 if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
12308 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType);
12310 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
12312 CurrentType = AT->getElementType();
12314 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
12316 ExprResult IdxRval = DefaultLvalueConversion(static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E));
12317 if (IdxRval.isInvalid())
12318 return ExprError();
12319 Expr *Idx = IdxRval.get();
12321 // The expression must be an integral expression.
12322 // FIXME: An integral constant expression?
12323 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() &&
12324 !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
12325 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
12326 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
12327 << Idx->getSourceRange());
12329 // Record this array index.
12330 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd));
12331 Exprs.push_back(Idx);
12335 // Offset of a field.
12336 if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
12337 // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent
12338 // type. Just record the identifier of the field.
12339 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd));
12340 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
12344 // We need to have a complete type to look into.
12345 if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType,
12346 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
12347 return ExprError();
12349 // Look for the designated field.
12350 const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
12352 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
12354 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
12356 // C++ [lib.support.types]p5:
12357 // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this
12358 // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union
12360 // C++11 [support.types]p4:
12361 // If type is not a standard-layout class (Clause 9), the results are
12363 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
12364 bool IsSafe = LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? CRD->isStandardLayout() : CRD->isPOD();
12366 LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? diag::ext_offsetof_non_standardlayout_type
12367 : diag::ext_offsetof_non_pod_type;
12369 if (!IsSafe && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
12370 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, nullptr,
12372 << SourceRange(Components[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
12374 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
12377 // Look for the field.
12378 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
12379 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
12380 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
12381 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = nullptr;
12383 if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>()))
12384 MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField();
12388 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
12389 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart,
12393 // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
12395 // We diagnose this as an error.
12396 if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) {
12397 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield)
12398 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
12399 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
12400 Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl);
12401 return ExprError();
12404 RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent();
12405 if (IndirectMemberDecl)
12406 Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext());
12408 // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for
12409 // the base class indirections.
12410 CXXBasePaths Paths;
12411 if (IsDerivedFrom(OC.LocStart, CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent),
12413 if (Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
12414 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_field_of_virtual_base)
12415 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
12416 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
12417 return ExprError();
12420 CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front();
12421 for (const CXXBasePathElement &B : Path)
12422 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B.Base));
12425 if (IndirectMemberDecl) {
12426 for (auto *FI : IndirectMemberDecl->chain()) {
12427 assert(isa<FieldDecl>(FI));
12428 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart,
12429 cast<FieldDecl>(FI), OC.LocEnd));
12432 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd));
12434 CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType();
12437 return OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc, TInfo,
12438 Comps, Exprs, RParenLoc);
12441 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
12442 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12443 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
12444 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
12445 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
12446 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
12448 TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo;
12449 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedArgTy, &ArgTInfo);
12450 if (ArgTy.isNull())
12451 return ExprError();
12454 ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc);
12456 return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, Components, RParenLoc);
12460 ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12462 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
12463 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
12464 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
12466 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
12467 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
12469 bool ValueDependent = false;
12470 bool CondIsTrue = false;
12471 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
12472 resType = Context.DependentTy;
12473 ValueDependent = true;
12475 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
12476 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
12478 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(CondExpr, &condEval,
12479 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant, false);
12480 if (CondICE.isInvalid())
12481 return ExprError();
12482 CondExpr = CondICE.get();
12483 CondIsTrue = condEval.getZExtValue();
12485 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
12486 Expr *ActiveExpr = CondIsTrue ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr;
12488 resType = ActiveExpr->getType();
12489 ValueDependent = ActiveExpr->isValueDependent();
12490 VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind();
12491 OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind();
12494 return new (Context)
12495 ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, resType, VK, OK, RPLoc,
12496 CondIsTrue, resType->isDependentType(), ValueDependent);
12499 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12500 // Clang Extensions.
12501 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12503 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
12504 void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
12505 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
12507 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
12508 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
12509 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
12510 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Block->getDeclContext(),
12511 ManglingContextDecl)) {
12512 unsigned ManglingNumber = MCtx->getManglingNumber(Block);
12513 Block->setBlockMangling(ManglingNumber, ManglingContextDecl);
12517 PushBlockScope(CurScope, Block);
12518 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
12520 PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block);
12522 CurContext = Block;
12524 getCurBlock()->HasImplicitReturnType = true;
12526 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the block from any
12527 // cleanups from the enclosing full-expression.
12528 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
12529 ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
12532 void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
12534 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
12535 "block-id should have no identifier!");
12536 assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == Declarator::BlockLiteralContext);
12537 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
12539 TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
12540 QualType T = Sig->getType();
12542 // FIXME: We should allow unexpanded parameter packs here, but that would,
12543 // in turn, make the block expression contain unexpanded parameter packs.
12544 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(CaretLoc, Sig, UPPC_Block)) {
12545 // Drop the parameters.
12546 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
12547 EPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
12548 EPI.TypeQuals |= DeclSpec::TQ_const;
12549 T = Context.getFunctionType(Context.DependentTy, None, EPI);
12550 Sig = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
12553 // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block
12554 // literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType
12555 // unless the function was written with a typedef.
12556 assert(T->isFunctionType() &&
12557 "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature");
12559 // Look for an explicit signature in that function type.
12560 FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature;
12562 TypeLoc tmp = Sig->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
12563 if ((ExplicitSignature = tmp.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>())) {
12565 // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by
12566 // GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the
12567 // written signature.
12568 if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() ==
12569 ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) {
12570 // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of
12571 // TypeSourceInfos.
12572 TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getReturnLoc();
12573 unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize();
12574 Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size);
12575 Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size);
12577 ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc();
12581 CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig);
12582 CurBlock->FunctionType = T;
12584 const FunctionType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
12585 QualType RetTy = Fn->getReturnType();
12587 (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic());
12589 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic);
12591 // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block
12592 // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like:
12594 // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction"....
12595 if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) {
12596 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
12597 CurBlock->TheDecl->setBlockMissingReturnType(false);
12598 CurBlock->HasImplicitReturnType = false;
12601 // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them.
12602 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params;
12603 if (ExplicitSignature) {
12604 for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
12605 ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getParam(I);
12606 if (Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
12607 !Param->isImplicit() &&
12608 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
12609 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12610 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
12611 Params.push_back(Param);
12614 // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like
12615 // ^ fntype { ... }
12616 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
12617 for (const auto &I : Fn->param_types()) {
12618 ParmVarDecl *Param = BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(
12619 CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo.getLocStart(), I);
12620 Params.push_back(Param);
12624 // Set the parameters on the block decl.
12625 if (!Params.empty()) {
12626 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params);
12627 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters(),
12628 /*CheckParameterNames=*/false);
12631 // Finally we can process decl attributes.
12632 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
12634 // Put the parameter variables in scope.
12635 for (auto AI : CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters()) {
12636 AI->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
12638 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12639 if (AI->getIdentifier()) {
12640 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, AI);
12642 PushOnScopeChains(AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
12647 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
12648 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
12649 void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
12650 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
12651 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12652 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12654 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
12656 PopFunctionScopeInfo();
12659 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
12660 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
12661 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
12662 Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) {
12663 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
12664 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
12665 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable) << LangOpts.OpenCL;
12667 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
12668 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
12669 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12670 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&
12671 "cleanups within block not correctly bound!");
12672 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12674 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
12676 if (BSI->HasImplicitReturnType)
12677 deduceClosureReturnType(*BSI);
12681 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
12682 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
12683 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
12685 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
12688 // Set the captured variables on the block.
12689 // FIXME: Share capture structure between BlockDecl and CapturingScopeInfo!
12690 SmallVector<BlockDecl::Capture, 4> Captures;
12691 for (CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap : BSI->Captures) {
12692 if (Cap.isThisCapture())
12694 BlockDecl::Capture NewCap(Cap.getVariable(), Cap.isBlockCapture(),
12695 Cap.isNested(), Cap.getInitExpr());
12696 Captures.push_back(NewCap);
12698 BSI->TheDecl->setCaptures(Context, Captures, BSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0);
12700 // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that.
12701 if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) {
12702 const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->getAs<FunctionType>();
12704 FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo();
12705 if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true);
12707 // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types.
12708 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) {
12709 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
12711 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
12713 // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type,
12714 // preserve its sugar structure.
12715 } else if (FTy->getReturnType() == RetTy &&
12716 (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) {
12717 BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType;
12719 // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type.
12721 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy);
12722 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
12723 EPI.TypeQuals = 0; // FIXME: silently?
12725 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
12728 // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing.
12730 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
12731 EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn);
12732 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
12735 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->TheDecl->parameters());
12736 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
12738 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
12739 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
12740 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
12741 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
12743 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
12745 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
12746 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(BSI->TheDecl);
12748 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check again
12749 // if we can do this, though, because blocks keep return statements around
12750 // to deduce an implicit return type.
12751 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RetTy->isRecordType() &&
12752 !BSI->TheDecl->isDependentContext())
12753 computeNRVO(Body, BSI);
12755 BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
12756 AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
12757 PopFunctionScopeInfo(&WP, Result->getBlockDecl(), Result);
12759 // If the block isn't obviously global, i.e. it captures anything at
12760 // all, then we need to do a few things in the surrounding context:
12761 if (Result->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) {
12762 // First, this expression has a new cleanup object.
12763 ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Result->getBlockDecl());
12764 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
12766 // It also gets a branch-protected scope if any of the captured
12767 // variables needs destruction.
12768 for (const auto &CI : Result->getBlockDecl()->captures()) {
12769 const VarDecl *var = CI.getVariable();
12770 if (var->getType().isDestructedType() != QualType::DK_none) {
12771 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
12780 ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
12781 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
12782 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
12783 GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
12784 return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc);
12787 ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12788 Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12789 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
12790 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
12793 // CUDA device code does not support varargs.
12794 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) {
12795 if (const FunctionDecl *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) {
12796 CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(F);
12797 if (T == CFT_Global || T == CFT_Device || T == CFT_HostDevice)
12798 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_arg_in_device));
12802 // It might be a __builtin_ms_va_list. (But don't ever mark a va_arg()
12803 // as Microsoft ABI on an actual Microsoft platform, where
12804 // __builtin_ms_va_list and __builtin_va_list are the same.)
12805 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && Context.getTargetInfo().hasBuiltinMSVaList() &&
12806 Context.getTargetInfo().getBuiltinVaListKind() != TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList) {
12807 QualType MSVaListType = Context.getBuiltinMSVaListType();
12808 if (Context.hasSameType(MSVaListType, E->getType())) {
12809 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
12810 return ExprError();
12815 // Get the va_list type
12816 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
12818 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
12819 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
12820 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
12821 // a pointer for va_arg.
12822 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
12823 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
12824 ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
12825 if (Result.isInvalid())
12826 return ExprError();
12828 } else if (VaListType->isRecordType() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12829 // If va_list is a record type and we are compiling in C++ mode,
12830 // check the argument using reference binding.
12831 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
12832 Context, Context.getLValueReferenceType(VaListType), false);
12833 ExprResult Init = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E);
12834 if (Init.isInvalid())
12835 return ExprError();
12836 E = Init.getAs<Expr>();
12838 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
12839 // it is modified by va_arg.
12840 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
12841 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
12842 return ExprError();
12846 if (!IsMS && !E->isTypeDependent() &&
12847 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType()))
12848 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
12849 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
12850 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
12852 if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) {
12853 if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(),
12854 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete,
12855 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
12856 return ExprError();
12858 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
12860 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract,
12861 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
12862 return ExprError();
12864 if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) {
12865 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
12866 TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType()
12867 ? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified
12868 : diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod)
12869 << TInfo->getType()
12870 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
12873 // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted
12874 // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior).
12875 QualType PromoteType;
12876 if (TInfo->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
12877 PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType());
12878 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, TInfo->getType()))
12879 PromoteType = QualType();
12881 if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
12882 PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy;
12883 if (!PromoteType.isNull())
12884 DiagRuntimeBehavior(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), E,
12885 PDiag(diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible)
12886 << TInfo->getType()
12888 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange());
12891 QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
12892 return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T, IsMS);
12895 ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
12896 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
12897 // pointers on the target.
12899 unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0);
12900 if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth())
12901 Ty = Context.IntTy;
12902 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())
12903 Ty = Context.LongTy;
12904 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth())
12905 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
12907 llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!");
12910 return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc);
12913 bool Sema::ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&Exp,
12915 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1)
12918 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
12922 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
12923 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
12924 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
12925 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
12929 // Ignore any parens, implicit casts (should only be
12930 // array-to-pointer decays), and not-so-opaque values. The last is
12931 // important for making this trigger for property assignments.
12932 Expr *SrcExpr = Exp->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12933 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OV = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SrcExpr))
12934 if (OV->getSourceExpr())
12935 SrcExpr = OV->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12937 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr);
12938 if (!SL || !SL->isAscii())
12941 Diag(SL->getLocStart(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix)
12942 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
12943 Exp = BuildObjCStringLiteral(SL->getLocStart(), SL).get();
12948 static bool maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(Sema &S, QualType DstType,
12949 const Expr *SrcExpr) {
12950 if (!DstType->isFunctionPointerType() ||
12951 !SrcExpr->getType()->isFunctionType())
12954 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
12958 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12962 return !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD,
12964 SrcExpr->getLocStart());
12967 bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
12968 SourceLocation Loc,
12969 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
12970 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
12971 bool *Complained) {
12973 *Complained = false;
12975 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
12976 bool CheckInferredResultType = false;
12977 bool isInvalid = false;
12978 unsigned DiagKind = 0;
12980 ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints;
12981 bool MayHaveConvFixit = false;
12982 bool MayHaveFunctionDiff = false;
12983 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
12984 const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = nullptr;
12988 DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(DstType, SrcType, SrcExpr);
12992 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
12993 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
12994 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
12997 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
12998 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
12999 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
13001 case IncompatiblePointer:
13002 if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited)
13003 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
13004 else if (SrcType->isFunctionPointerType() &&
13005 DstType->isFunctionPointerType())
13006 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer;
13008 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
13010 CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
13011 SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType();
13012 if (Hint.isNull() && !CheckInferredResultType) {
13013 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
13015 else if (CheckInferredResultType) {
13016 SrcType = SrcType.getUnqualifiedType();
13017 DstType = DstType.getUnqualifiedType();
13019 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
13021 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
13022 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
13024 case FunctionVoidPointer:
13025 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
13027 case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: {
13028 // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary.
13029 if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType);
13031 Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
13032 Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
13033 if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) {
13034 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space;
13038 } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) {
13039 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership;
13043 llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!");
13046 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
13047 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
13048 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
13049 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
13050 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
13051 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
13052 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
13053 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
13054 // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for
13056 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13057 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
13059 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
13061 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
13062 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
13064 case IntToBlockPointer:
13065 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
13067 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
13068 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
13070 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: {
13071 if (SrcType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
13072 const ObjCObjectPointerType *srcOPT =
13073 SrcType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
13074 for (auto *srcProto : srcOPT->quals()) {
13078 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
13079 DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType())
13080 IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
13082 else if (DstType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
13083 const ObjCObjectPointerType *dstOPT =
13084 DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
13085 for (auto *dstProto : dstOPT->quals()) {
13089 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
13090 SrcType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType())
13091 IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
13093 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
13096 case IncompatibleVectors:
13097 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
13099 case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef:
13100 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign;
13103 if (maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(*this, DstType, SrcExpr)) {
13105 *Complained = true;
13109 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
13110 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
13111 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
13113 MayHaveFunctionDiff = true;
13117 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
13120 case AA_Initializing:
13121 // The destination type comes first.
13122 FirstType = DstType;
13123 SecondType = SrcType;
13128 case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
13129 case AA_Converting:
13132 // The source type comes first.
13133 FirstType = SrcType;
13134 SecondType = DstType;
13138 PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagKind);
13139 if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited)
13140 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << AA_Passing << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
13142 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << Action << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
13144 // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts.
13145 assert(ConvHints.isNull() || Hint.isNull());
13146 if (!ConvHints.isNull()) {
13147 for (FixItHint &H : ConvHints.Hints)
13152 if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); }
13154 if (MayHaveFunctionDiff)
13155 HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(FDiag, SecondType, FirstType);
13158 if (DiagKind == diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id &&
13159 PDecl && IFace && !IFace->hasDefinition())
13160 Diag(IFace->getLocation(), diag::note_incomplete_class_and_qualified_id)
13161 << IFace->getName() << PDecl->getName();
13163 if (SecondType == Context.OverloadTy)
13164 NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr).Expression,
13165 FirstType, /*TakingAddress=*/true);
13167 if (CheckInferredResultType)
13168 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr);
13170 if (Action == AA_Returning && ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer)
13171 EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(DstType);
13174 *Complained = true;
13178 ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
13179 llvm::APSInt *Result) {
13180 class SimpleICEDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
13182 void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) override {
13183 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus << SR;
13187 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser);
13190 ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
13191 llvm::APSInt *Result,
13194 class IDDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
13198 IDDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID)
13199 : VerifyICEDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID) { }
13201 void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) override {
13202 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << SR;
13204 } Diagnoser(DiagID);
13206 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, AllowFold);
13209 void Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
13211 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << SR << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus;
13215 Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
13216 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
13218 SourceLocation DiagLoc = E->getLocStart();
13220 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13221 // C++11 [expr.const]p5:
13222 // If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an
13223 // integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall
13224 // have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or
13225 // unscoped enumeration type
13226 ExprResult Converted;
13227 class CXX11ConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
13229 CXX11ConvertDiagnoser(bool Silent)
13230 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false,
13233 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
13234 QualType T) override {
13235 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_not_integral) << T;
13238 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
13239 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
13240 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_incomplete_type) << T;
13243 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
13244 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
13245 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
13248 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
13249 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
13250 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
13251 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
13254 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
13255 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
13256 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
13259 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
13260 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
13261 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
13262 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
13265 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
13266 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
13267 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
13269 } ConvertDiagnoser(Diagnoser.Suppress);
13271 Converted = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(DiagLoc, E,
13273 if (Converted.isInvalid())
13275 E = Converted.get();
13276 if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
13277 return ExprError();
13278 } else if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
13279 // An ICE must be of integral or unscoped enumeration type.
13280 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress)
13281 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
13282 return ExprError();
13285 // Circumvent ICE checking in C++11 to avoid evaluating the expression twice
13286 // in the non-ICE case.
13287 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
13289 *Result = E->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context);
13293 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
13294 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
13295 EvalResult.Diag = &Notes;
13297 // Try to evaluate the expression, and produce diagnostics explaining why it's
13298 // not a constant expression as a side-effect.
13299 bool Folded = E->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, Context) &&
13300 EvalResult.Val.isInt() && !EvalResult.HasSideEffects;
13302 // In C++11, we can rely on diagnostics being produced for any expression
13303 // which is not a constant expression. If no diagnostics were produced, then
13304 // this is a constant expression.
13305 if (Folded && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Notes.empty()) {
13307 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
13311 // If our only note is the usual "invalid subexpression" note, just point
13312 // the caret at its location rather than producing an essentially
13314 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
13315 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
13316 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
13320 if (!Folded || !AllowFold) {
13321 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) {
13322 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
13323 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes)
13324 Diag(Note.first, Note.second);
13327 return ExprError();
13330 Diagnoser.diagnoseFold(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
13331 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes)
13332 Diag(Note.first, Note.second);
13335 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
13340 // Handle the case where we conclude a expression which we speculatively
13341 // considered to be unevaluated is actually evaluated.
13342 class TransformToPE : public TreeTransform<TransformToPE> {
13343 typedef TreeTransform<TransformToPE> BaseTransform;
13346 TransformToPE(Sema &SemaRef) : BaseTransform(SemaRef) { }
13348 // Make sure we redo semantic analysis
13349 bool AlwaysRebuild() { return true; }
13351 // Make sure we handle LabelStmts correctly.
13352 // FIXME: This does the right thing, but maybe we need a more general
13353 // fix to TreeTransform?
13354 StmtResult TransformLabelStmt(LabelStmt *S) {
13355 S->getDecl()->setStmt(nullptr);
13356 return BaseTransform::TransformLabelStmt(S);
13359 // We need to special-case DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls which
13360 // are not part of a member pointer formation; normal TreeTransforming
13361 // doesn't catch this case because of the way we represent them in the AST.
13362 // FIXME: This is a bit ugly; is it really the best way to handle this
13365 // Error on DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls.
13366 ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
13367 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getDecl()) &&
13368 !SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext())
13369 return SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocation(),
13370 diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
13371 << E->getDecl() << E->getSourceRange();
13373 return BaseTransform::TransformDeclRefExpr(E);
13376 // Exception: filter out member pointer formation
13377 ExprResult TransformUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
13378 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType())
13381 return BaseTransform::TransformUnaryOperator(E);
13384 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) {
13385 // Lambdas never need to be transformed.
13391 ExprResult Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E) {
13392 assert(isUnevaluatedContext() &&
13393 "Should only transform unevaluated expressions");
13394 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context =
13395 ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size()-2].Context;
13396 if (isUnevaluatedContext())
13398 return TransformToPE(*this).TransformExpr(E);
13402 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
13403 Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
13405 ExprEvalContexts.emplace_back(NewContext, ExprCleanupObjects.size(), Cleanup,
13406 LambdaContextDecl, IsDecltype);
13408 if (!MaybeODRUseExprs.empty())
13409 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, ExprEvalContexts.back().SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
13413 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
13414 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
13416 Decl *ClosureContextDecl = ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl;
13417 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, ClosureContextDecl, IsDecltype);
13420 void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
13421 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord& Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
13422 unsigned NumTypos = Rec.NumTypos;
13424 if (!Rec.Lambdas.empty()) {
13425 if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.isConstantEvaluated()) {
13427 if (Rec.isUnevaluated()) {
13428 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p2:
13429 // A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand
13431 D = diag::err_lambda_unevaluated_operand;
13433 // C++1y [expr.const]p2:
13434 // A conditional-expression e is a core constant expression unless the
13435 // evaluation of e, following the rules of the abstract machine, would
13436 // evaluate [...] a lambda-expression.
13437 D = diag::err_lambda_in_constant_expression;
13440 // C++1z allows lambda expressions as core constant expressions.
13441 // FIXME: In C++1z, reinstate the restrictions on lambda expressions (CWG
13442 // 1607) from appearing within template-arguments and array-bounds that
13443 // are part of function-signatures. Be mindful that P0315 (Lambdas in
13444 // unevaluated contexts) might lift some of these restrictions in a
13446 if (!Rec.isConstantEvaluated() || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z)
13447 for (const auto *L : Rec.Lambdas)
13448 Diag(L->getLocStart(), D);
13450 // Mark the capture expressions odr-used. This was deferred
13451 // during lambda expression creation.
13452 for (auto *Lambda : Rec.Lambdas) {
13453 for (auto *C : Lambda->capture_inits())
13454 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(C);
13459 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
13460 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
13461 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
13462 // will never be constructed.
13463 if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.isConstantEvaluated()) {
13464 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + Rec.NumCleanupObjects,
13465 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
13466 Cleanup = Rec.ParentCleanup;
13467 CleanupVarDeclMarking();
13468 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
13469 // Otherwise, merge the contexts together.
13471 Cleanup.mergeFrom(Rec.ParentCleanup);
13472 MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.begin(),
13473 Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.end());
13476 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
13477 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
13479 if (!ExprEvalContexts.empty())
13480 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos += NumTypos;
13482 assert(NumTypos == 0 && "There are outstanding typos after popping the "
13483 "last ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord");
13486 void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() {
13487 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(
13488 ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects,
13489 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
13491 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
13494 ExprResult Sema::HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E) {
13495 if (!E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
13497 return TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
13500 /// Are we within a context in which some evaluation could be performed (be it
13501 /// constant evaluation or runtime evaluation)? Sadly, this notion is not quite
13502 /// captured by C++'s idea of an "unevaluated context".
13503 static bool isEvaluatableContext(Sema &SemaRef) {
13504 switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
13505 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated:
13506 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract:
13507 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement:
13508 // Expressions in this context are never evaluated.
13511 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList:
13512 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated:
13513 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated:
13514 // Expressions in this context could be evaluated.
13517 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
13518 // Referenced declarations will only be used if the construct in the
13519 // containing expression is used, at which point we'll be given another
13520 // turn to mark them.
13523 llvm_unreachable("Invalid context");
13526 /// Are we within a context in which references to resolved functions or to
13527 /// variables result in odr-use?
13528 static bool isOdrUseContext(Sema &SemaRef, bool SkipDependentUses = true) {
13529 // An expression in a template is not really an expression until it's been
13530 // instantiated, so it doesn't trigger odr-use.
13531 if (SkipDependentUses && SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext())
13534 switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
13535 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated:
13536 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList:
13537 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract:
13538 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement:
13541 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated:
13542 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated:
13545 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
13548 llvm_unreachable("Invalid context");
13551 static bool isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(FunctionDecl *Func) {
13552 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func);
13553 return Func->isConstexpr() &&
13554 (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable() || (MD && !MD->isUserProvided()));
13557 /// \brief Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
13558 /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3)
13559 void Sema::MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
13560 bool MightBeOdrUse) {
13561 assert(Func && "No function?");
13563 Func->setReferenced();
13565 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p3:
13566 // A function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression is
13567 // odr-used if it is the unique lookup result or the selected member of a
13568 // set of overloaded functions [...].
13570 // We (incorrectly) mark overload resolution as an unevaluated context, so we
13571 // can just check that here.
13572 bool OdrUse = MightBeOdrUse && isOdrUseContext(*this);
13574 // Determine whether we require a function definition to exist, per
13575 // C++11 [temp.inst]p3:
13576 // Unless a function template specialization has been explicitly
13577 // instantiated or explicitly specialized, the function template
13578 // specialization is implicitly instantiated when the specialization is
13579 // referenced in a context that requires a function definition to exist.
13581 // That is either when this is an odr-use, or when a usage of a constexpr
13582 // function occurs within an evaluatable context.
13583 bool NeedDefinition =
13584 OdrUse || (isEvaluatableContext(*this) &&
13585 isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(Func));
13587 // C++14 [temp.expl.spec]p6:
13588 // If a template [...] is explicitly specialized then that specialization
13589 // shall be declared before the first use of that specialization that would
13590 // cause an implicit instantiation to take place, in every translation unit
13591 // in which such a use occurs
13592 if (NeedDefinition &&
13593 (Func->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_Undeclared ||
13594 Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()))
13595 checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Func);
13597 // C++14 [except.spec]p17:
13598 // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when:
13599 // - the function is odr-used or, if it appears in an unevaluated operand,
13600 // would be odr-used if the expression were potentially-evaluated;
13602 // Note, we do this even if MightBeOdrUse is false. That indicates that the
13603 // function is a pure virtual function we're calling, and in that case the
13604 // function was selected by overload resolution and we need to resolve its
13605 // exception specification for a different reason.
13606 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
13607 if (FPT && isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()))
13608 ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT);
13610 // If we don't need to mark the function as used, and we don't need to
13611 // try to provide a definition, there's nothing more to do.
13612 if ((Func->isUsed(/*CheckUsedAttr=*/false) || !OdrUse) &&
13613 (!NeedDefinition || Func->getBody()))
13616 // Note that this declaration has been used.
13617 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) {
13618 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Constructor->getFirstDecl());
13619 if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && !Constructor->isDeleted()) {
13620 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
13621 if (Constructor->isTrivial() && !Constructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
13623 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13624 } else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) {
13625 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13626 } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) {
13627 DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13629 } else if (Constructor->getInheritedConstructor()) {
13630 DefineInheritingConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13632 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
13633 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) {
13634 Destructor = cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Destructor->getFirstDecl());
13635 if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isDeleted()) {
13636 if (Destructor->isTrivial() && !Destructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
13638 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
13640 if (Destructor->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext)
13641 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent());
13642 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func)) {
13643 if (MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
13644 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
13645 MethodDecl = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl());
13646 if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && !MethodDecl->isDeleted()) {
13647 if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
13648 DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
13649 else if (MethodDecl->isMoveAssignmentOperator())
13650 DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
13652 } else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl) &&
13653 MethodDecl->getParent()->isLambda()) {
13654 CXXConversionDecl *Conversion =
13655 cast<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl());
13656 if (Conversion->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion())
13657 DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
13659 DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
13660 } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext)
13661 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent());
13664 // Recursive functions should be marked when used from another function.
13665 // FIXME: Is this really right?
13666 if (CurContext == Func) return;
13668 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
13669 // class templates.
13670 if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
13671 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
13672 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Loc;
13673 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
13674 = Func->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
13675 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
13676 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
13677 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
13678 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
13679 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
13680 PointOfInstantiation = SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
13682 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
13683 = Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
13684 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
13685 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
13686 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
13687 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
13688 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
13689 PointOfInstantiation = MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
13693 if (!AlreadyInstantiated || Func->isConstexpr()) {
13694 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()) &&
13695 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass() &&
13696 CodeSynthesisContexts.size())
13697 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(
13698 std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation));
13699 else if (Func->isConstexpr())
13700 // Do not defer instantiations of constexpr functions, to avoid the
13701 // expression evaluator needing to call back into Sema if it sees a
13702 // call to such a function.
13703 InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Func);
13705 Func->setInstantiationIsPending(true);
13706 PendingInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Func,
13707 PointOfInstantiation));
13708 // Notify the consumer that a function was implicitly instantiated.
13709 Consumer.HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(Func);
13713 // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable.
13714 for (auto i : Func->redecls()) {
13715 if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable())
13716 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, i, OdrUse);
13720 if (!OdrUse) return;
13722 // Keep track of used but undefined functions.
13723 if (!Func->isDefined()) {
13724 if (mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(Func))
13725 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
13726 else if (Func->getMostRecentDecl()->isInlined() &&
13727 !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
13728 !Func->getMostRecentDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
13729 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
13732 Func->markUsed(Context);
13736 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
13737 ValueDecl *var, DeclContext *DC) {
13738 DeclContext *VarDC = var->getDeclContext();
13740 // If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then
13741 // we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of
13743 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var) &&
13744 isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(VarDC))
13747 // For C code, don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code
13748 // right now; it's impossible to write a non-constant expression outside of
13749 // function context, so we'll get other (more useful) diagnostics later.
13751 // For C++, things get a bit more nasty... it would be nice to suppress this
13752 // diagnostic for certain cases like using a local variable in an array bound
13753 // for a member of a local class, but the correct predicate is not obvious.
13754 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
13757 unsigned ValueKind = isa<BindingDecl>(var) ? 1 : 0;
13758 unsigned ContextKind = 3; // unknown
13759 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VarDC) &&
13760 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VarDC->getParent())->isLambda()) {
13762 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(VarDC)) {
13764 } else if (isa<BlockDecl>(VarDC)) {
13768 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_in_enclosing_context)
13769 << var << ValueKind << ContextKind << VarDC;
13770 S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
13773 // FIXME: Add additional diagnostic info about class etc. which prevents
13778 static bool isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
13779 bool &SubCapturesAreNested,
13780 QualType &CaptureType,
13781 QualType &DeclRefType) {
13782 // Check whether we've already captured it.
13783 if (CSI->CaptureMap.count(Var)) {
13784 // If we found a capture, any subcaptures are nested.
13785 SubCapturesAreNested = true;
13787 // Retrieve the capture type for this variable.
13788 CaptureType = CSI->getCapture(Var).getCaptureType();
13790 // Compute the type of an expression that refers to this variable.
13791 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
13793 // Similarly to mutable captures in lambda, all the OpenMP captures by copy
13794 // are mutable in the sense that user can change their value - they are
13795 // private instances of the captured declarations.
13796 const CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap = CSI->getCapture(Var);
13797 if (Cap.isCopyCapture() &&
13798 !(isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI) && cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Mutable) &&
13799 !(isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI) &&
13800 cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP))
13801 DeclRefType.addConst();
13807 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
13808 // capture; other scopes don't work.
13809 static DeclContext *getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DeclContext *DC, VarDecl *Var,
13810 SourceLocation Loc,
13811 const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
13812 if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) || isa<CapturedDecl>(DC) || isLambdaCallOperator(DC))
13813 return getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
13814 else if (Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
13816 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(S, Loc, Var, DC);
13821 // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
13822 // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
13823 // so check for eligibility.
13824 static bool isVariableCapturable(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
13825 SourceLocation Loc,
13826 const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
13828 bool IsBlock = isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI);
13829 bool IsLambda = isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
13831 // Lambdas are not allowed to capture unnamed variables
13832 // (e.g. anonymous unions).
13833 // FIXME: The C++11 rule don't actually state this explicitly, but I'm
13834 // assuming that's the intent.
13835 if (IsLambda && !Var->getDeclName()) {
13837 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var);
13838 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
13843 // Prohibit variably-modified types in blocks; they're difficult to deal with.
13844 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && IsBlock) {
13846 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
13847 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13848 << Var->getDeclName();
13852 // Prohibit structs with flexible array members too.
13853 // We cannot capture what is in the tail end of the struct.
13854 if (const RecordType *VTTy = Var->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13855 if (VTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
13858 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_flexarray_type);
13860 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_flexarray_type)
13861 << Var->getDeclName();
13862 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13863 << Var->getDeclName();
13868 const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
13869 // Lambdas and captured statements are not allowed to capture __block
13870 // variables; they don't support the expected semantics.
13871 if (HasBlocksAttr && (IsLambda || isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))) {
13873 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_capture_block_variable)
13874 << Var->getDeclName() << !IsLambda;
13875 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13876 << Var->getDeclName();
13880 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5: Blocks cannot reference/capture other blocks
13881 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && IsBlock &&
13882 Var->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
13884 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_block_ref_block);
13891 // Returns true if the capture by block was successful.
13892 static bool captureInBlock(BlockScopeInfo *BSI, VarDecl *Var,
13893 SourceLocation Loc,
13894 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
13895 QualType &CaptureType,
13896 QualType &DeclRefType,
13899 Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr;
13900 bool ByRef = false;
13902 // Blocks are not allowed to capture arrays.
13903 if (CaptureType->isArrayType()) {
13904 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13905 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
13906 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13907 << Var->getDeclName();
13912 // Forbid the block-capture of autoreleasing variables.
13913 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
13914 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13915 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture)
13917 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13918 << Var->getDeclName();
13923 // Warn about implicitly autoreleasing indirect parameters captured by blocks.
13924 if (const auto *PT = CaptureType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
13925 // This function finds out whether there is an AttributedType of kind
13926 // attr_objc_ownership in Ty. The existence of AttributedType of kind
13927 // attr_objc_ownership implies __autoreleasing was explicitly specified
13928 // rather than being added implicitly by the compiler.
13929 auto IsObjCOwnershipAttributedType = [](QualType Ty) {
13930 while (const auto *AttrTy = Ty->getAs<AttributedType>()) {
13931 if (AttrTy->getAttrKind() == AttributedType::attr_objc_ownership)
13934 // Peel off AttributedTypes that are not of kind objc_ownership.
13935 Ty = AttrTy->getModifiedType();
13941 QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
13943 if (PointeeTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
13944 PointeeTy.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing &&
13945 !IsObjCOwnershipAttributedType(PointeeTy)) {
13946 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13947 SourceLocation VarLoc = Var->getLocation();
13948 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_block_capture_autoreleasing);
13950 auto AddAutoreleaseNote =
13951 S.Diag(VarLoc, diag::note_declare_parameter_autoreleasing);
13952 // Provide a fix-it for the '__autoreleasing' keyword at the
13953 // appropriate location in the variable's type.
13954 if (const auto *TSI = Var->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
13955 PointerTypeLoc PTL =
13956 TSI->getTypeLoc().getAsAdjusted<PointerTypeLoc>();
13958 SourceLocation Loc = PTL.getPointeeLoc().getEndLoc();
13959 Loc = Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(Loc, 0, S.getSourceManager(),
13961 if (Loc.isValid()) {
13962 StringRef CharAtLoc = Lexer::getSourceText(
13963 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, Loc.getLocWithOffset(1)),
13964 S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts());
13965 AddAutoreleaseNote << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
13966 Loc, CharAtLoc.empty() || !isWhitespace(CharAtLoc[0])
13967 ? " __autoreleasing "
13968 : " __autoreleasing");
13973 S.Diag(VarLoc, diag::note_declare_parameter_strong);
13978 const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
13979 if (HasBlocksAttr || CaptureType->isReferenceType() ||
13980 (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var))) {
13981 // Block capture by reference does not change the capture or
13982 // declaration reference types.
13985 // Block capture by copy introduces 'const'.
13986 CaptureType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().withConst();
13987 DeclRefType = CaptureType;
13989 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BuildAndDiagnose) {
13990 if (const RecordType *Record = DeclRefType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13991 // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it.
13992 // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have
13993 // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are
13994 // an exception because it's technically only the call site that
13995 // actually requires the destructor.
13996 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
13997 S.FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record);
13999 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the copy
14000 // full-expression.
14001 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(
14002 S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
14004 // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from
14005 // the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true
14006 // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap.
14007 Expr *DeclRef = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, Nested,
14008 DeclRefType.withConst(),
14012 = S.PerformCopyInitialization(
14013 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(Var->getLocation(),
14014 CaptureType, false),
14017 // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization
14018 // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from
14019 // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary.
14020 if (!Result.isInvalid() &&
14021 !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Result.get())->getConstructor()
14023 Result = S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result);
14024 CopyExpr = Result.get();
14030 // Actually capture the variable.
14031 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
14032 BSI->addCapture(Var, HasBlocksAttr, ByRef, Nested, Loc,
14033 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
14040 /// \brief Capture the given variable in the captured region.
14041 static bool captureInCapturedRegion(CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI,
14043 SourceLocation Loc,
14044 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
14045 QualType &CaptureType,
14046 QualType &DeclRefType,
14047 const bool RefersToCapturedVariable,
14049 // By default, capture variables by reference.
14051 // Using an LValue reference type is consistent with Lambdas (see below).
14052 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) {
14053 if (S.IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var))
14054 DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType();
14055 ByRef = S.IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel);
14059 CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
14061 CaptureType = DeclRefType;
14063 Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr;
14064 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
14065 // The current implementation assumes that all variables are captured
14066 // by references. Since there is no capture by copy, no expression
14067 // evaluation will be needed.
14068 RecordDecl *RD = RSI->TheRecordDecl;
14071 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureType,
14072 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureType, Loc),
14073 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
14074 Field->setImplicit(true);
14075 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
14076 RD->addDecl(Field);
14078 CopyExpr = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, RefersToCapturedVariable,
14079 DeclRefType, VK_LValue, Loc);
14080 Var->setReferenced(true);
14081 Var->markUsed(S.Context);
14084 // Actually capture the variable.
14085 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
14086 RSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable, Loc,
14087 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
14093 /// \brief Create a field within the lambda class for the variable
14094 /// being captured.
14095 static void addAsFieldToClosureType(Sema &S, LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
14096 QualType FieldType, QualType DeclRefType,
14097 SourceLocation Loc,
14098 bool RefersToCapturedVariable) {
14099 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = LSI->Lambda;
14101 // Build the non-static data member.
14103 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, Lambda, Loc, Loc, nullptr, FieldType,
14104 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FieldType, Loc),
14105 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
14106 Field->setImplicit(true);
14107 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
14108 Lambda->addDecl(Field);
14111 /// \brief Capture the given variable in the lambda.
14112 static bool captureInLambda(LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
14114 SourceLocation Loc,
14115 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
14116 QualType &CaptureType,
14117 QualType &DeclRefType,
14118 const bool RefersToCapturedVariable,
14119 const Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind,
14120 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
14121 const bool IsTopScope,
14124 // Determine whether we are capturing by reference or by value.
14125 bool ByRef = false;
14126 if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) {
14127 ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef);
14129 ByRef = (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == LambdaScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref);
14132 // Compute the type of the field that will capture this variable.
14134 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p15:
14135 // An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or
14136 // explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is
14137 // unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data
14138 // members are declared in the closure type for entities
14139 // captured by reference.
14141 // FIXME: It is not clear whether we want to build an lvalue reference
14142 // to the DeclRefType or to CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(). GCC appears
14143 // to do the former, while EDG does the latter. Core issue 1249 will
14144 // clarify, but for now we follow GCC because it's a more permissive and
14145 // easily defensible position.
14146 CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
14148 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p14:
14149 // For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static
14150 // data member is declared in the closure type. The
14151 // declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type
14152 // of such a data member is the type of the corresponding
14153 // captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an
14154 // object, or the referenced type otherwise. [Note: If the
14155 // captured entity is a reference to a function, the
14156 // corresponding data member is also a reference to a
14157 // function. - end note ]
14158 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = CaptureType->getAs<ReferenceType>()){
14159 if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())
14160 CaptureType = RefType->getPointeeType();
14163 // Forbid the lambda copy-capture of autoreleasing variables.
14164 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
14165 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
14166 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) << /*lambda*/ 1;
14167 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
14168 << Var->getDeclName();
14173 // Make sure that by-copy captures are of a complete and non-abstract type.
14174 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
14175 if (!CaptureType->isDependentType() &&
14176 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, CaptureType,
14177 diag::err_capture_of_incomplete_type,
14178 Var->getDeclName()))
14181 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, CaptureType,
14182 diag::err_capture_of_abstract_type))
14187 // Capture this variable in the lambda.
14188 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
14189 addAsFieldToClosureType(S, LSI, CaptureType, DeclRefType, Loc,
14190 RefersToCapturedVariable);
14192 // Compute the type of a reference to this captured variable.
14194 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
14196 // C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p5:
14197 // The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline
14198 // function call operator [...]. This function call operator is
14199 // declared const (9.3.1) if and only if the lambda-expression's
14200 // parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable.
14201 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
14202 if (!LSI->Mutable && !CaptureType->isReferenceType())
14203 DeclRefType.addConst();
14206 // Add the capture.
14207 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
14208 LSI->addCapture(Var, /*IsBlock=*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable,
14209 Loc, EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, /*CopyExpr=*/nullptr);
14214 bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(
14215 VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation ExprLoc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
14216 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType,
14217 QualType &DeclRefType, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
14218 // An init-capture is notionally from the context surrounding its
14219 // declaration, but its parent DC is the lambda class.
14220 DeclContext *VarDC = Var->getDeclContext();
14221 if (Var->isInitCapture())
14222 VarDC = VarDC->getParent();
14224 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
14225 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
14226 ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
14227 // We need to sync up the Declaration Context with the
14228 // FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
14229 if (FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
14230 unsigned FSIndex = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
14231 while (FSIndex != MaxFunctionScopesIndex) {
14232 DC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
14238 // If the variable is declared in the current context, there is no need to
14240 if (VarDC == DC) return true;
14242 // Capture global variables if it is required to use private copy of this
14244 bool IsGlobal = !Var->hasLocalStorage();
14245 if (IsGlobal && !(LangOpts.OpenMP && IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var)))
14248 // Walk up the stack to determine whether we can capture the variable,
14249 // performing the "simple" checks that don't depend on type. We stop when
14250 // we've either hit the declared scope of the variable or find an existing
14251 // capture of that variable. We start from the innermost capturing-entity
14252 // (the DC) and ensure that all intervening capturing-entities
14253 // (blocks/lambdas etc.) between the innermost capturer and the variable`s
14254 // declcontext can either capture the variable or have already captured
14256 CaptureType = Var->getType();
14257 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
14258 bool Nested = false;
14259 bool Explicit = (Kind != TryCapture_Implicit);
14260 unsigned FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex;
14262 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
14263 // capture; other scopes don't work.
14264 DeclContext *ParentDC = getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DC, Var,
14268 // We need to check for the parent *first* because, if we *have*
14269 // private-captured a global variable, we need to recursively capture it in
14270 // intermediate blocks, lambdas, etc.
14273 FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex - 1;
14279 FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex];
14280 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FSI);
14283 // Check whether we've already captured it.
14284 if (isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CSI, Var, Nested, CaptureType,
14286 CSI->getCapture(Var).markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose);
14289 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator body,
14290 // we do not want to capture new variables. What was captured
14291 // during either a lambdas transformation or initial parsing
14293 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(DC)) {
14294 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
14295 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
14296 if (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None) {
14297 Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
14298 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
14299 << Var->getDeclName();
14300 Diag(LSI->Lambda->getLocStart(), diag::note_lambda_decl);
14302 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, ExprLoc, Var, DC);
14306 // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
14307 // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
14308 // so check for eligibility.
14309 if (!isVariableCapturable(CSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, *this))
14312 // Try to capture variable-length arrays types.
14313 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
14314 // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA
14316 QualType QTy = Var->getType();
14317 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
14318 QTy = PVD->getOriginalType();
14319 captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, QTy, CSI);
14322 if (getLangOpts().OpenMP) {
14323 if (auto *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
14324 // OpenMP private variables should not be captured in outer scope, so
14325 // just break here. Similarly, global variables that are captured in a
14326 // target region should not be captured outside the scope of the region.
14327 if (RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) {
14328 auto IsTargetCap = isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel);
14329 // When we detect target captures we are looking from inside the
14330 // target region, therefore we need to propagate the capture from the
14331 // enclosing region. Therefore, the capture is not initially nested.
14333 FunctionScopesIndex--;
14335 if (IsTargetCap || isOpenMPPrivateDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel)) {
14336 Nested = !IsTargetCap;
14337 DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType();
14338 CaptureType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
14344 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None && !Explicit) {
14345 // No capture-default, and this is not an explicit capture
14346 // so cannot capture this variable.
14347 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
14348 Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
14349 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
14350 << Var->getDeclName();
14351 if (cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Lambda)
14352 Diag(cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Lambda->getLocStart(),
14353 diag::note_lambda_decl);
14354 // FIXME: If we error out because an outer lambda can not implicitly
14355 // capture a variable that an inner lambda explicitly captures, we
14356 // should have the inner lambda do the explicit capture - because
14357 // it makes for cleaner diagnostics later. This would purely be done
14358 // so that the diagnostic does not misleadingly claim that a variable
14359 // can not be captured by a lambda implicitly even though it is captured
14360 // explicitly. Suggestion:
14361 // - create const bool VariableCaptureWasInitiallyExplicit = Explicit
14362 // at the function head
14363 // - cache the StartingDeclContext - this must be a lambda
14364 // - captureInLambda in the innermost lambda the variable.
14369 FunctionScopesIndex--;
14372 } while (!VarDC->Equals(DC));
14374 // Walk back down the scope stack, (e.g. from outer lambda to inner lambda)
14375 // computing the type of the capture at each step, checking type-specific
14376 // requirements, and adding captures if requested.
14377 // If the variable had already been captured previously, we start capturing
14378 // at the lambda nested within that one.
14379 for (unsigned I = ++FunctionScopesIndex, N = MaxFunctionScopesIndex + 1; I != N;
14381 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
14383 if (BlockScopeInfo *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
14384 if (!captureInBlock(BSI, Var, ExprLoc,
14385 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
14386 DeclRefType, Nested, *this))
14389 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
14390 if (!captureInCapturedRegion(RSI, Var, ExprLoc,
14391 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
14392 DeclRefType, Nested, *this))
14396 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
14397 if (!captureInLambda(LSI, Var, ExprLoc,
14398 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
14399 DeclRefType, Nested, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
14400 /*IsTopScope*/I == N - 1, *this))
14408 bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
14409 TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) {
14410 QualType CaptureType;
14411 QualType DeclRefType;
14412 return tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
14413 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/true, CaptureType,
14414 DeclRefType, nullptr);
14417 bool Sema::NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
14418 QualType CaptureType;
14419 QualType DeclRefType;
14420 return !tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
14421 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
14422 DeclRefType, nullptr);
14425 QualType Sema::getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
14426 QualType CaptureType;
14427 QualType DeclRefType;
14429 // Determine whether we can capture this variable.
14430 if (tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
14431 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
14432 DeclRefType, nullptr))
14435 return DeclRefType;
14440 // If either the type of the variable or the initializer is dependent,
14441 // return false. Otherwise, determine whether the variable is a constant
14442 // expression. Use this if you need to know if a variable that might or
14443 // might not be dependent is truly a constant expression.
14444 static inline bool IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
14445 ASTContext &Context) {
14447 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType())
14449 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
14450 Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD);
14453 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
14454 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
14455 if (Init->isValueDependent())
14457 return IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
14461 void Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E) {
14462 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is
14463 // an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a
14464 // constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
14465 // is immediately applied." This function handles the lvalue-to-rvalue
14466 // conversion part.
14467 MaybeODRUseExprs.erase(E->IgnoreParens());
14469 // If we are in a lambda, check if this DeclRefExpr or MemberExpr refers
14470 // to a variable that is a constant expression, and if so, identify it as
14471 // a reference to a variable that does not involve an odr-use of that
14473 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda()) {
14474 Expr *SansParensExpr = E->IgnoreParens();
14475 VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
14476 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SansParensExpr))
14477 Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getFoundDecl());
14478 else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SansParensExpr))
14479 Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
14481 if (Var && IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(Var, Context))
14482 LSI->markVariableExprAsNonODRUsed(SansParensExpr);
14486 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res) {
14487 Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Res);
14489 if (!Res.isUsable())
14492 // If a constant-expression is a reference to a variable where we delay
14493 // deciding whether it is an odr-use, just assume we will apply the
14494 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. In the one case where this doesn't happen
14495 // (a non-type template argument), we have special handling anyway.
14496 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Res.get());
14500 void Sema::CleanupVarDeclMarking() {
14501 for (Expr *E : MaybeODRUseExprs) {
14503 SourceLocation Loc;
14504 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
14505 Var = cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
14506 Loc = DRE->getLocation();
14507 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
14508 Var = cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
14509 Loc = ME->getMemberLoc();
14511 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected expression");
14514 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, *this,
14515 /*MaxFunctionScopeIndex Pointer*/ nullptr);
14518 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
14522 static void DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
14523 VarDecl *Var, Expr *E) {
14524 assert((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E)) &&
14525 "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced");
14526 Var->setReferenced();
14528 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
14530 bool OdrUseContext = isOdrUseContext(SemaRef);
14531 bool NeedDefinition =
14532 OdrUseContext || (isEvaluatableContext(SemaRef) &&
14533 Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context));
14535 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec =
14536 dyn_cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var);
14537 assert(!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) &&
14538 "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.");
14540 // If this might be a member specialization of a static data member, check
14541 // the specialization is visible. We already did the checks for variable
14542 // template specializations when we created them.
14543 if (NeedDefinition && TSK != TSK_Undeclared &&
14544 !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var))
14545 SemaRef.checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Var);
14547 // Perform implicit instantiation of static data members, static data member
14548 // templates of class templates, and variable template specializations. Delay
14549 // instantiations of variable templates, except for those that could be used
14550 // in a constant expression.
14551 if (NeedDefinition && isTemplateInstantiation(TSK)) {
14552 bool TryInstantiating = TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation;
14554 if (TryInstantiating && !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var)) {
14555 if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) {
14556 // This is a modification of an existing AST node. Notify listeners.
14557 if (ASTMutationListener *L = SemaRef.getASTMutationListener())
14558 L->StaticDataMemberInstantiated(Var);
14559 } else if (!Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context))
14560 // Don't bother trying to instantiate it again, unless we might need
14561 // its initializer before we get to the end of the TU.
14562 TryInstantiating = false;
14565 if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
14566 Var->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, Loc);
14568 if (TryInstantiating) {
14569 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Var->getPointOfInstantiation();
14570 bool InstantiationDependent = false;
14571 bool IsNonDependent =
14572 VarSpec ? !TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
14573 VarSpec->getTemplateArgsInfo(), InstantiationDependent)
14576 // Do not instantiate specializations that are still type-dependent.
14577 if (IsNonDependent) {
14578 if (Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context)) {
14579 // Do not defer instantiations of variables which could be used in a
14580 // constant expression.
14581 SemaRef.InstantiateVariableDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Var);
14583 SemaRef.PendingInstantiations
14584 .push_back(std::make_pair(Var, PointOfInstantiation));
14590 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it satisfies
14591 // the requirements for appearing in a constant expression (5.19) and, if
14592 // it is an object, the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
14593 // is immediately applied." We check the first part here, and
14594 // Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue deals with the second part.
14595 // Note that we use the C++11 definition everywhere because nothing in
14596 // C++03 depends on whether we get the C++03 version correct. The second
14597 // part does not apply to references, since they are not objects.
14598 if (OdrUseContext && E &&
14599 IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, SemaRef.Context)) {
14600 // A reference initialized by a constant expression can never be
14601 // odr-used, so simply ignore it.
14602 if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType())
14603 SemaRef.MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(E);
14604 } else if (OdrUseContext) {
14605 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, SemaRef,
14606 /*MaxFunctionScopeIndex ptr*/ nullptr);
14607 } else if (isOdrUseContext(SemaRef, /*SkipDependentUses*/false)) {
14608 // If this is a dependent context, we don't need to mark variables as
14609 // odr-used, but we may still need to track them for lambda capture.
14610 // FIXME: Do we also need to do this inside dependent typeid expressions
14611 // (which are modeled as unevaluated at this point)?
14612 const bool RefersToEnclosingScope =
14613 (SemaRef.CurContext != Var->getDeclContext() &&
14614 Var->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && Var->hasLocalStorage());
14615 if (RefersToEnclosingScope) {
14616 LambdaScopeInfo *const LSI =
14617 SemaRef.getCurLambda(/*IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope=*/true);
14618 if (LSI && !LSI->CallOperator->Encloses(Var->getDeclContext())) {
14619 // If a variable could potentially be odr-used, defer marking it so
14620 // until we finish analyzing the full expression for any
14621 // lvalue-to-rvalue
14622 // or discarded value conversions that would obviate odr-use.
14623 // Add it to the list of potential captures that will be analyzed
14624 // later (ActOnFinishFullExpr) for eventual capture and odr-use marking
14625 // unless the variable is a reference that was initialized by a constant
14626 // expression (this will never need to be captured or odr-used).
14627 assert(E && "Capture variable should be used in an expression.");
14628 if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
14629 !IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(Var, SemaRef.Context))
14630 LSI->addPotentialCapture(E->IgnoreParens());
14636 /// \brief Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
14637 /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3). Note that this should not be
14638 /// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl.
14639 void Sema::MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var) {
14640 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(*this, Loc, Var, nullptr);
14643 static void MarkExprReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
14644 Decl *D, Expr *E, bool MightBeOdrUse) {
14645 if (SemaRef.isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
14646 SemaRef.checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(E, D);
14648 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
14649 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E);
14653 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, MightBeOdrUse);
14655 // If this is a call to a method via a cast, also mark the method in the
14656 // derived class used in case codegen can devirtualize the call.
14657 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
14660 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
14663 // Only attempt to devirtualize if this is truly a virtual call.
14664 bool IsVirtualCall = MD->isVirtual() &&
14665 ME->performsVirtualDispatch(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
14666 if (!IsVirtualCall)
14669 // If it's possible to devirtualize the call, mark the called function
14671 CXXMethodDecl *DM = MD->getDevirtualizedMethod(
14672 ME->getBase(), SemaRef.getLangOpts().AppleKext);
14674 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, DM, MightBeOdrUse);
14677 /// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr.
14678 void Sema::MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base) {
14679 // TODO: update this with DR# once a defect report is filed.
14680 // C++11 defect. The address of a pure member should not be an ODR use, even
14681 // if it's a qualified reference.
14682 bool OdrUse = true;
14683 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getDecl()))
14684 if (Method->isVirtual() &&
14685 !Method->getDevirtualizedMethod(Base, getLangOpts().AppleKext))
14687 MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getLocation(), E->getDecl(), E, OdrUse);
14690 /// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr.
14691 void Sema::MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E) {
14692 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p2:
14693 // A non-overloaded function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated
14694 // expression or a member of a set of candidate functions, if selected by
14695 // overload resolution when referred to from a potentially-evaluated
14696 // expression, is odr-used, unless it is a pure virtual function and its
14697 // name is not explicitly qualified.
14698 bool MightBeOdrUse = true;
14699 if (E->performsVirtualDispatch(getLangOpts())) {
14700 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()))
14701 if (Method->isPure())
14702 MightBeOdrUse = false;
14704 SourceLocation Loc = E->getMemberLoc().isValid() ?
14705 E->getMemberLoc() : E->getLocStart();
14706 MarkExprReferenced(*this, Loc, E->getMemberDecl(), E, MightBeOdrUse);
14709 /// \brief Perform marking for a reference to an arbitrary declaration. It
14710 /// marks the declaration referenced, and performs odr-use checking for
14711 /// functions and variables. This method should not be used when building a
14712 /// normal expression which refers to a variable.
14713 void Sema::MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D,
14714 bool MightBeOdrUse) {
14715 if (MightBeOdrUse) {
14716 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
14717 MarkVariableReferenced(Loc, VD);
14721 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
14722 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, FD, MightBeOdrUse);
14725 D->setReferenced();
14729 // Mark all of the declarations used by a type as referenced.
14730 // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding
14731 // of when we're entering a context we should not recurse into.
14732 // FIXME: This is and EvaluatedExprMarker are more-or-less equivalent to
14733 // TreeTransforms rebuilding the type in a new context. Rather than
14734 // duplicating the TreeTransform logic, we should consider reusing it here.
14735 // Currently that causes problems when rebuilding LambdaExprs.
14736 class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> {
14738 SourceLocation Loc;
14741 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited;
14743 MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { }
14745 bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg);
14749 bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument(
14750 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
14752 // A non-type template argument is a constant-evaluated context.
14753 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Evaluated(
14754 S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated);
14755 if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) {
14756 if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl())
14757 S.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, true);
14758 } else if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression) {
14759 S.MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Arg.getAsExpr(), false);
14763 return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg);
14766 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
14767 MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc);
14768 Marker.TraverseType(T);
14772 /// \brief Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by
14773 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
14774 class EvaluatedExprMarker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> {
14776 bool SkipLocalVariables;
14779 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited;
14781 EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S, bool SkipLocalVariables)
14782 : Inherited(S.Context), S(S), SkipLocalVariables(SkipLocalVariables) { }
14784 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
14785 // If we were asked not to visit local variables, don't.
14786 if (SkipLocalVariables) {
14787 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl()))
14788 if (VD->hasLocalStorage())
14792 S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
14795 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
14796 S.MarkMemberReferenced(E);
14797 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
14800 void VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) {
14801 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
14802 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(E->getTemporary()->getDestructor()));
14803 Visit(E->getSubExpr());
14806 void VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) {
14807 if (E->getOperatorNew())
14808 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorNew());
14809 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
14810 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
14811 Inherited::VisitCXXNewExpr(E);
14814 void VisitCXXDeleteExpr(CXXDeleteExpr *E) {
14815 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
14816 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
14817 QualType Destroyed = S.Context.getBaseElementType(E->getDestroyedType());
14818 if (const RecordType *DestroyedRec = Destroyed->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14819 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DestroyedRec->getDecl());
14820 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
14821 S.LookupDestructor(Record));
14824 Inherited::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(E);
14827 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
14828 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getConstructor());
14829 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
14832 void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) {
14833 Visit(E->getExpr());
14836 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
14837 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
14839 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
14840 S.UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E->getSubExpr());
14845 /// \brief Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any
14846 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
14848 /// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as
14850 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
14851 bool SkipLocalVariables) {
14852 EvaluatedExprMarker(*this, SkipLocalVariables).Visit(E);
14855 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
14856 /// of the program being compiled.
14858 /// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
14859 /// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
14860 /// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
14861 /// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
14862 /// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
14863 /// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
14864 /// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
14867 /// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
14868 /// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
14869 /// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
14870 /// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
14871 bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
14872 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
14873 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
14874 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated:
14875 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList:
14876 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract:
14877 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement:
14878 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
14881 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated:
14882 // Relevant diagnostics should be produced by constant evaluation.
14885 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated:
14886 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
14887 if (Statement && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
14888 FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags.
14889 push_back(sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Statement));
14900 bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
14901 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
14902 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
14905 // If we're inside a decltype's expression, don't check for a valid return
14906 // type or construct temporaries until we know whether this is the last call.
14907 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype) {
14908 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.push_back(CE);
14912 class CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
14917 CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *CE)
14918 : FD(FD), CE(CE) { }
14920 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
14922 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
14923 << T << CE->getSourceRange();
14927 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
14928 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() << T;
14929 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
14930 << FD->getDeclName();
14932 } Diagnoser(FD, CE);
14934 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, Diagnoser))
14940 // Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses
14941 // will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
14942 void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
14943 SourceLocation Loc;
14945 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
14946 bool IsOrAssign = false;
14948 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
14949 if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign)
14952 IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign;
14954 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
14955 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
14956 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
14957 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
14959 // self = [<foo> init...]
14960 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && ME->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init)
14961 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
14963 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
14964 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject")
14965 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
14968 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
14969 } else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
14970 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual)
14973 IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual;
14974 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
14975 } else if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E))
14976 return DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(POE->getSyntacticForm());
14978 // Not an assignment.
14982 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
14984 SourceLocation Open = E->getLocStart();
14985 SourceLocation Close = getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
14986 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
14987 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
14988 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
14991 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison)
14992 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!=");
14994 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
14995 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
14998 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
14999 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
15000 void Sema::DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE) {
15001 // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro.
15002 SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getLocStart();
15003 if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID())
15005 // Don't warn for dependent expressions.
15006 if (ParenE->isTypeDependent())
15009 Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens();
15011 if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
15012 if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ &&
15013 opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context)
15014 == Expr::MLV_Valid) {
15015 SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc();
15017 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange();
15018 SourceRange ParenERange = ParenE->getSourceRange();
15019 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence)
15020 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getBegin())
15021 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getEnd());
15022 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign)
15023 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=");
15027 ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
15028 bool IsConstexpr) {
15029 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
15030 if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
15031 DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE);
15033 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
15034 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15037 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
15038 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15039 return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E, IsConstexpr); // C++ 6.4p4
15041 ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
15042 if (ERes.isInvalid())
15043 return ExprError();
15046 QualType T = E->getType();
15047 if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
15048 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
15049 << T << E->getSourceRange();
15050 return ExprError();
15052 CheckBoolLikeConversion(E, Loc);
15058 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
15059 Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK) {
15060 // Empty conditions are valid in for-statements.
15062 return ConditionResult();
15066 case ConditionKind::Boolean:
15067 Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr);
15070 case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
15071 Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr, true);
15074 case ConditionKind::Switch:
15075 Cond = CheckSwitchCondition(Loc, SubExpr);
15078 if (Cond.isInvalid())
15079 return ConditionError();
15081 // FIXME: FullExprArg doesn't have an invalid bit, so check nullness instead.
15082 FullExprArg FullExpr = MakeFullExpr(Cond.get(), Loc);
15083 if (!FullExpr.get())
15084 return ConditionError();
15086 return ConditionResult(*this, nullptr, FullExpr,
15087 CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
15091 /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression
15092 /// to have an appropriate type.
15093 struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction
15094 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> {
15098 RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
15100 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
15101 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
15104 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
15105 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call)
15106 << E->getSourceRange();
15107 return ExprError();
15110 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
15111 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
15112 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
15113 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15114 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15116 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
15117 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
15118 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
15119 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
15120 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15124 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
15125 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
15128 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
15129 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
15132 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
15133 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15134 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15136 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
15137 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
15138 E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()));
15139 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15140 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15144 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
15145 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) return VisitExpr(E);
15147 E->setType(VD->getType());
15149 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15150 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15151 !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD) &&
15152 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isInstance()))
15153 E->setValueKind(VK_LValue);
15158 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
15159 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
15162 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
15163 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
15168 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
15169 /// to have a function type.
15170 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) {
15171 ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr);
15172 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15173 return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Result.get());
15177 /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype
15178 /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring
15179 /// expression. Strict preservation of the original source
15180 /// structure is not a goal.
15181 struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr
15182 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> {
15186 /// The current destination type.
15189 RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType)
15190 : S(S), DestType(CastType) {}
15192 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
15193 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
15196 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
15197 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
15198 << E->getSourceRange();
15199 return ExprError();
15202 ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E);
15203 ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E);
15205 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
15206 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
15207 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
15208 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15209 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15210 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
15211 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
15212 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
15213 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
15214 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15218 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
15219 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
15222 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
15223 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
15226 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
15227 const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>();
15229 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof)
15230 << E->getSourceRange();
15231 return ExprError();
15234 if (isa<CallExpr>(E->getSubExpr())) {
15235 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof_call)
15236 << E->getSourceRange();
15237 return ExprError();
15240 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15241 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15242 E->setType(DestType);
15244 // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type.
15245 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
15246 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15247 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15248 E->setSubExpr(SubResult.get());
15252 ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E);
15254 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD);
15256 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
15257 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
15260 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
15261 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
15266 /// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype.
15267 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
15268 Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee();
15272 FK_FunctionPointer,
15277 QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType();
15278 if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) {
15279 assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E));
15280 Kind = FK_MemberFunction;
15281 CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CalleeExpr);
15282 } else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
15283 CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
15284 Kind = FK_FunctionPointer;
15286 CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
15287 Kind = FK_BlockPointer;
15289 const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>();
15291 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function.
15292 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
15293 unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function;
15294 if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer)
15295 diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function;
15297 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID)
15298 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
15299 return ExprError();
15302 // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result.
15303 E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context));
15304 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
15305 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15307 // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType.
15308 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
15310 // __unknown_anytype(...) is a special case used by the debugger when
15311 // it has no idea what a function's signature is.
15313 // We want to build this call essentially under the K&R
15314 // unprototyped rules, but making a FunctionNoProtoType in C++
15315 // would foul up all sorts of assumptions. However, we cannot
15316 // simply pass all arguments as variadic arguments, nor can we
15317 // portably just call the function under a non-variadic type; see
15318 // the comment on IR-gen's TargetInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic.
15319 // However, it turns out that in practice it is generally safe to
15320 // call a function declared as "A foo(B,C,D);" under the prototype
15321 // "A foo(B,C,D,...);". The only known exception is with the
15322 // Windows ABI, where any variadic function is implicitly cdecl
15323 // regardless of its normal CC. Therefore we change the parameter
15324 // types to match the types of the arguments.
15326 // This is a hack, but it is far superior to moving the
15327 // corresponding target-specific code from IR-gen to Sema/AST.
15329 ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes = Proto->getParamTypes();
15330 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
15331 if (ParamTypes.empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { // the special case
15332 ArgTypes.reserve(E->getNumArgs());
15333 for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
15334 Expr *Arg = E->getArg(i);
15335 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
15336 if (E->isLValue()) {
15337 ArgType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
15338 } else if (E->isXValue()) {
15339 ArgType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgType);
15341 ArgTypes.push_back(ArgType);
15343 ParamTypes = ArgTypes;
15345 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType, ParamTypes,
15346 Proto->getExtProtoInfo());
15348 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType,
15349 FnType->getExtInfo());
15352 // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type.
15354 case FK_MemberFunction:
15358 case FK_FunctionPointer:
15359 DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType);
15362 case FK_BlockPointer:
15363 DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType);
15367 // Finally, we can recurse.
15368 ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr);
15369 if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15370 E->setCallee(CalleeResult.get());
15372 // Bind a temporary if necessary.
15373 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
15376 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
15377 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call.
15378 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
15379 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function)
15380 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
15381 return ExprError();
15384 // Rewrite the method result type if available.
15385 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) {
15386 assert(Method->getReturnType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy);
15387 Method->setReturnType(DestType);
15390 // Change the type of the message.
15391 E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType());
15392 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
15394 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
15397 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
15398 // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay.
15399 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay) {
15400 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15401 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15403 E->setType(DestType);
15405 // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type.
15406 DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
15408 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15409 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15411 E->setSubExpr(Result.get());
15413 } else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
15414 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15415 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15417 assert(isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType()));
15419 E->setType(DestType);
15421 // The sub-expression has to be a lvalue reference, so rebuild it as such.
15422 DestType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DestType);
15424 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15425 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15427 E->setSubExpr(Result.get());
15430 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast type!");
15434 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
15435 ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue;
15436 QualType Type = DestType;
15438 // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls:
15441 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
15442 if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
15443 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
15444 ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD);
15445 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15446 return S.ImpCastExprToType(Result.get(), Type,
15447 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, VK_RValue);
15450 if (!Type->isFunctionType()) {
15451 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function)
15452 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
15453 return ExprError();
15455 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = Type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
15456 // We must match the FunctionDecl's type to the hack introduced in
15457 // RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr to vararg functions of unknown
15458 // type. See the lengthy commentary in that routine.
15459 QualType FDT = FD->getType();
15460 const FunctionType *FnType = FDT->castAs<FunctionType>();
15461 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
15462 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
15463 if (DRE && Proto && Proto->getParamTypes().empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) {
15464 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
15465 FunctionDecl *NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(FD->getASTContext(),
15466 FD->getDeclContext(),
15467 Loc, Loc, FD->getNameInfo().getName(),
15468 DestType, FD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
15469 SC_None, false/*isInlineSpecified*/,
15470 FD->hasPrototype(),
15471 false/*isConstexprSpecified*/);
15473 if (FD->getQualifier())
15474 NewFD->setQualifierInfo(FD->getQualifierLoc());
15476 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
15477 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
15478 ParmVarDecl *Param =
15479 S.BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(FD, Loc, AI);
15480 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
15481 Params.push_back(Param);
15483 NewFD->setParams(Params);
15484 DRE->setDecl(NewFD);
15485 VD = DRE->getDecl();
15489 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
15490 if (MD->isInstance()) {
15491 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
15492 Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy;
15495 // Function references aren't l-values in C.
15496 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15497 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
15500 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(VD)) {
15501 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
15502 Type = RefTy->getPointeeType();
15503 } else if (Type->isFunctionType()) {
15504 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type)
15505 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
15506 return ExprError();
15511 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl)
15512 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
15513 return ExprError();
15516 // Modifying the declaration like this is friendly to IR-gen but
15517 // also really dangerous.
15518 VD->setType(DestType);
15520 E->setValueKind(ValueKind);
15524 /// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only
15525 /// trigger this for C-style casts.
15526 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
15527 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
15528 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) {
15529 // The type we're casting to must be either void or complete.
15530 if (!CastType->isVoidType() &&
15531 RequireCompleteType(TypeRange.getBegin(), CastType,
15532 diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_incomplete))
15533 return ExprError();
15535 // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch.
15536 ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr);
15537 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15539 CastExpr = result.get();
15540 VK = CastExpr->getValueKind();
15541 CastKind = CK_NoOp;
15546 ExprResult Sema::forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType) {
15547 return RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, ToType).Visit(E);
15550 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
15551 Expr *arg, QualType ¶mType) {
15552 // If the syntactic form of the argument is not an explicit cast of
15553 // any sort, just do default argument promotion.
15554 ExplicitCastExpr *castArg = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(arg->IgnoreParens());
15556 ExprResult result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(arg);
15557 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15558 paramType = result.get()->getType();
15562 // Otherwise, use the type that was written in the explicit cast.
15563 assert(!arg->hasPlaceholderType());
15564 paramType = castArg->getTypeAsWritten();
15566 // Copy-initialize a parameter of that type.
15567 InitializedEntity entity =
15568 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, paramType,
15569 /*consumed*/ false);
15570 return PerformCopyInitialization(entity, callLoc, arg);
15573 static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
15575 unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any;
15577 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
15578 if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
15579 E = call->getCallee();
15580 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
15586 SourceLocation loc;
15588 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
15589 loc = ref->getLocation();
15590 d = ref->getDecl();
15591 } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
15592 loc = mem->getMemberLoc();
15593 d = mem->getMemberDecl();
15594 } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
15595 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
15596 loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc();
15597 d = msg->getMethodDecl();
15599 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method)
15600 << static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector()
15601 << orig->getSourceRange();
15602 return ExprError();
15605 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
15606 << E->getSourceRange();
15607 return ExprError();
15610 S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange();
15612 // Never recoverable.
15613 return ExprError();
15616 /// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found.
15617 /// Returns ExprError() if there was an error and no recovery was possible.
15618 ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) {
15619 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15620 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
15621 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
15622 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
15623 ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E);
15624 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15628 const BuiltinType *placeholderType = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType();
15629 if (!placeholderType) return E;
15631 switch (placeholderType->getKind()) {
15633 // Overloaded expressions.
15634 case BuiltinType::Overload: {
15635 // Try to resolve a single function template specialization.
15636 // This is obligatory.
15637 ExprResult Result = E;
15638 if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Result, false))
15641 // No guarantees that ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization
15642 // leaves Result unchanged on failure.
15644 if (resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Result))
15647 // If that failed, try to recover with a call.
15648 tryToRecoverWithCall(Result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable),
15649 /*complain*/ true);
15653 // Bound member functions.
15654 case BuiltinType::BoundMember: {
15655 ExprResult result = E;
15656 const Expr *BME = E->IgnoreParens();
15657 PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function);
15658 // Try to give a nicer diagnostic if it is a bound member that we recognize.
15659 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(BME)) {
15660 PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*pseudo-destructor*/ 1;
15661 } else if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BME)) {
15662 if (ME->getMemberNameInfo().getName().getNameKind() ==
15663 DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName)
15664 PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*destructor*/ 0;
15666 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PD,
15667 /*complain*/ true);
15671 // ARC unbridged casts.
15672 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: {
15673 Expr *realCast = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
15674 diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(realCast);
15678 // Expressions of unknown type.
15679 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
15680 return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E);
15683 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
15684 return checkPseudoObjectRValue(E);
15686 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: {
15687 // Accept __noop without parens by implicitly converting it to a call expr.
15688 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
15690 auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
15691 if (FD->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__noop) {
15692 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(FD->getType()),
15693 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
15694 return new (Context) CallExpr(Context, E, None, Context.IntTy,
15695 VK_RValue, SourceLocation());
15699 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_fn_use);
15700 return ExprError();
15703 // Expressions of unknown type.
15704 case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection:
15705 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_omp_array_section_use);
15706 return ExprError();
15708 // Everything else should be impossible.
15709 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
15710 case BuiltinType::Id:
15711 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
15712 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
15713 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
15714 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
15718 llvm_unreachable("invalid placeholder type!");
15721 bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) {
15722 if (E->isTypeDependent())
15724 if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context))
15725 return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType();
15729 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
15731 Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
15732 assert((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) &&
15733 "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!");
15734 QualType BoolT = Context.ObjCBuiltinBoolTy;
15735 if (!Context.getBOOLDecl()) {
15736 LookupResult Result(*this, &Context.Idents.get("BOOL"), OpLoc,
15737 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
15738 if (LookupName(Result, getCurScope()) && Result.isSingleResult()) {
15739 NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
15740 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(ND))
15741 Context.setBOOLDecl(TD);
15744 if (Context.getBOOLDecl())
15745 BoolT = Context.getBOOLType();
15746 return new (Context)
15747 ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes, BoolT, OpLoc);
15750 ExprResult Sema::ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(
15751 llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, SourceLocation AtLoc,
15752 SourceLocation RParen) {
15754 StringRef Platform = getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName();
15756 auto Spec = std::find_if(AvailSpecs.begin(), AvailSpecs.end(),
15757 [&](const AvailabilitySpec &Spec) {
15758 return Spec.getPlatform() == Platform;
15761 VersionTuple Version;
15762 if (Spec != AvailSpecs.end())
15763 Version = Spec->getVersion();
15765 // The use of `@available` in the enclosing function should be analyzed to
15766 // warn when it's used inappropriately (i.e. not if(@available)).
15767 if (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl())
15768 getEnclosingFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true;
15769 else if (getCurBlock() || getCurLambda())
15770 getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true;
15772 return new (Context)
15773 ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(Version, AtLoc, RParen, Context.BoolTy);